the SketchUp® Version 4 Workbook

By Bonnie Roskes, P.E.
with Bob deWitt, MFA, MA

Exercises, tips, and tricks that will teach you everything there is to know about SketchUp.

Every effort has been made to ensure that all information contained within this book is complete and accurate. However, the authors assume no responsibility for the use of this information, nor for any infringement upon the intellectual property rights of third parties which would result from such use.

First Edition. Copyright 2004, Bonnie Roskes

No part of this publication may be stored in a system, reproduced, or transmitted in any way or by any means, including but not limited to photography, photocopy, electronic, magnetic, or optical, without the prior agreement and written permission of the publisher.

Manufactured in the United States of America

SketchUp is a registered trademark of @Last Software, Inc.

All technical illustrations and models in this book were produced using SketchUp.

Cover design by Bob deWitt.

Table of Contents
Chapter 1: The Basics
SketchUp Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Viewing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Hotkeys (Keyboard Shortcuts). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Drawing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Rectangle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Square and Golden Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Push/Pull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Circle and Polygon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Arc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Freehand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Manipulation Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Taking Off Quantities Using Select and Entity Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Measure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Protractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Move and Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Autofold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Autofold with Curved Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Using Move to Resize Curves and Curved Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Rotate and Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Rotate - Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Scaling with the Axis Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Displaying and Smoothing Edges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Try it Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Annotation Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Creating Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Dimension Display and Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Dimensioning Using the Text Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Using the Axis Tool with Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Chapter 2: Making Multiple Copies
Basic Move and Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Multiple Linear Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Multiple Rotated Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

i

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

Chapter 3: Intersect and Follow Me
Follow Me. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Basic Follow Me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Follow Me with Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Round Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Intersect with Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Cutting and Embossing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Project: Intersecting Arches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Arch Cutouts Using Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Try it Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Cutting Using Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Hiding Intersection Edges with Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Combining Follow Me and Intersect with Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Project: Intersecting Moldings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Project - Creating a Wall Niche. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Try it Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Project - Creating a Faucet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Chapter 4: Working with Roofs
Simple Roof and Dormers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Using Offset for Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Project: Resolving Sloping Roofs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Method 1: Set Slope and Double Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Method 2 - Delete and Recreate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Method 3 - Roofing with Follow Me. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Try it Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Project - Overhangs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Project - Overhangs with Autofold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

Chapter 5: Groups
Introduction to Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Breaking Connected Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Disconnecting from Other Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Manipulating Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Project - Using Groups for Cutting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Unsticking Objects from a Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

Chapter 6: Components
Components Versus Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Component Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Component Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Mac Components Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Inserting and Editing Predefined Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Where to Find More Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Manipulating Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Creating and Saving Components in the Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

ii

Table of Contents

Alignment and Insertion Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Cutting Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Cutting Method 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Cutting Method 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Creating a Window Component Plus a Cutout Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Nested Cutting Components - Specific Wall Thickness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Nested Cutting Components - Any Wall Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Cutting Holes in a Curved Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Project - Using Components for Mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Review: Tips for Efficiency with Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Chapter 7: Painting, Materials, and Textures
Overview of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Windows Material Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Mac Materials Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Textures and Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Importing Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Where to Find More Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Applying Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Using Shift and Ctrl/Option Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Material Transparency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Double-Sided Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Project: Using Transparent Faces to Simulate Fog Effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Materials of Groups and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Overview of Materials and Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Using Groups to Separate Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Materials of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Default Component Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Texture Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Fixed Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Free Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Using Pictures to Create Realistic Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Creating a Painted 2D Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Creating a Painted 3D Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Try it Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Wrapping Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Projecting an Image onto a Non-Planar Face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Review: Tips for Efficiency with Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

iii

. . . . . . . .261 Perspective Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Tour Guide / Slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 Log Cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Chapter 8: Sectioning Sectioning Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 Model Info > Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260 Chapter 12: Program Settings Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 Model Info > Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 Chapter 10: Using Exact Dimensions Creating Exact Geometry . . . . . .264 Model Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 Chapter 9: Presentation Walk Through Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 Model Info > Dimensions . .210 Molding 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258 Spiral Staircase .249 Aligning Any Two Faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 Layers . . . . . . . . .266 iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Shadows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 Position Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203 Using Sections for Interior Design and Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Entity Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Workaround: Simultaneous Section Cuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245 Chapter 11: In-Depth Projects Domed Apse . . . . . . . . . . .243 Scaling in 3D . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Project: Section Planes with Model Intersection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 Try It Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Project: Copying Section Planes for Floor Plans . . . . . . .248 Smoothing Faces of Rotate-Copied Curved Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 Exact Moving and Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Moulding 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 Measuring Length and Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 Steel Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264 Model Info > Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Exporting Section Slices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 Curvy Things . . . . . . .247 Try it Yourself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Project: Using Section Planes for Mitering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table of Contents Model Info > File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 contextmenu. . . . . . . . . 289 How to Download a Script from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Provided Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . 271 Preferences > General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Preferences > Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 v . . . . . . . 287 sketchup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Model Info > Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Model Info > Section Planes. 277 Entering Code on the Ruby Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Export and Import (Insert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Using the Help Files to Create Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Creating a Script that Requires User Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 About the Authors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 animation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Chapter 13: Ruby Scripting SketchUp Ruby Basics. 272 Preferences > Shortcuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Model Info > Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Model Info > Statistics . . . . . . . 268 Model Info > Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb. . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Preferences > OpenGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 What’s Included . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Creating a Script . . . . . . . . 273 Toolbars . . . . . . . . . 267 Model Info > Shadows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Exporting Animation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Model Info > Tourguide . . . . . . . 288 Where to Find More Ruby Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Preferences > Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Preferences > Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 linetool. . . . .

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook vi .

1 The Basics SketchUp Screen When you launch SketchUp. your screen looks like this (Windows above. Mac below): 1 .

You can specify the eye height by typing it and pressing Enter. You can familiarize yourself with these tools before starting to draw. You can also enter an exact value. NOTE: Perspective mode must be on for Walk to work. Orbit (Mac: Orbit Camera) (Camera / Orbit. hotkey: W) Also known as dynamic rotation. zooming is relative to the location of the cursor. you need to know how to change your view and adjust what appears on the screen. Look Around (Camera / Look Around. select View / Toolbars (Mac: View / Customize Toolbar). you can scroll the wheel up or down to zoom. This is equivalent to a one-click Pan. you can double-click on a point in the drawing to make it the new drawing center. Zoom (Camera / Zoom. hotkey: Shift+L) In this tool. To change the camera lens (field of view). activate Orbit and hold and drag the mouse. If you have a wheel mouse. This is handy for adjusting the perspective of your image. right). activate the tool and drag the mouse from side to side. If you have a 3-button mouse. it will appear in the VCB. Walk (Camera / Walk. down. If you have a 3-button mouse. hotkey: Z) Shifts the center of the drawing (up. press Shift while zooming. or up and down. or play with them after you’ve created some geometry. 2 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook NOTE: To adjust what toolbars and icons are displayed. Pressing Shift while orbiting will pan the view. In this case. this tool simulates holding an object and turning it around. drag the mouse up to zoom in. To pan the view. while maintaining the model’s orientation. Pan (Mac: Move Camera) (Camera / Pan. hotkey: V) Pivots the camera around a stationary point. representing a person standing still and looking side to side or up and down. This tool is helpful when viewing the interior of a model. you can hold the middle mouse button while moving the mouse to rotate the view from within any other tool. Viewing Tools While drawing. hotkey: B) Enables you to move around in a drawing as a simulation of walking. To rotate your view. While in zoom. left. you can pan by pressing Shift while orbiting (dragging the mouse with the middle button pressed). activate Pan and hold and drag the mouse. down to zoom out. such as 45 deg (for field of view) or 35 mm (for focal length). To look around. See "Perspective Mode" on page 264.

The six basic drawing tools are Line. Arc. select View / Axes or press Alt+X. you can use them in any 3D plane. Line In this tool you simply click two points to define a rectangle. Undo View Change NOTE: If you don’t see the axes displayed. and an empty drawing appears in Top view. Zoom Extents (Camera / Zoom Extents. If you set your own hotkeys that differ than those suggested here. or polygons) lie in the same plane and form a closed boundary. 2. You can change your hotkeys at any time . you need to first know how to draw a few things using 2D tools. Mac: SketchUp / Preferences). Circle. Polygon. before it was changed. • Auto detect enables both methods. Open the Drawing page. open the Preferences window (Window / Preferences. circles. While each of these creates a 2D object. 1. Click this tool to fit the entire model onto the screen. hotkey: Ctrl/Option+Shift+E) This tool creates lines that typically become edges. • Click-move-click will define a line by two points. Returns the view to the previous view. Some of these are preset in SketchUp. hotkeys are provided for some tools. depending on how you use your mouse. This is a good way to enlarge your view of a specific small area of the drawing. and the zoom adjusts to fit the window into the full screen. 3 . To control the way lines are drawn. You are looking at the red-green plane. Rectangle. and some are suggested shortcuts you can add.select Window / Preferences (Mac: SketchUp / Preferences) and open the Shortcuts page. and the blue axis (vertical) is pointing toward you. while centering it as well. Hotkeys (Keyboard Shortcuts) Throughout this book. a face is automatically created. be sure to remember them and not let what’s written here confuse you! Three setting here affect line creation: • Click-drag-release uses a mouse drag to create lines. When lines (or other objects such as arcs. and Freehand. Open SketchUp.The Basics Zoom Window (Camera / Zoom Window hotkey: Ctrl/Option +Shift+W) Drawing Tools Before you can create any forms in SketchUp.

check Continue line drawing to automatically start a new line after completing a line. 12. however. 6. the midpoint is indicated by a cyan dot. 7. so click Auto detect. Locate the next point in the green direction from the last point. and move the cursor to the right. If you like to work with as much screen space as possible. Click to locate the second point. 10. or use hotkey: L. The On Red Axis inference tells you that the line will be parallel to the red axis. and click to place the next point. Most users prefer to click-move-click. TIP: You could also click and hold the first point and drag the mouse to the second point. We want to enable both methods. By default. then release. The next endpoint is to be located directly above the midpoint of the first line. but you can change this color if you like. Also. Now open the Model Info window (if it is not already open). Because you selected Continue line drawing. 4 . If this is not checked. close the Model Info window. edges are drawn in black. you immediately start a new line. Hover over this point. 5. Mac: You can add this icon to your toolbar via View / Customize Toolbar. or select Draw / Line. Open the Colors page and check the color for Edges. Click to place the first point (not on the origin). either by selecting Window / Model Info or by clicking the icon. Click Line. 13. Some users prefer to leave it open at all times. you create lines one at a time.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. 4. Do not click yet! 8. Close the Preferences. 11. 9. Move the cursor in the green direction from this point.

17. . the line will always have this parallel orientation. 18. 21. Now we use a double inference. 5 . 20. Click for the next point. press Shift when the next line is perpendicular to the previous one and constrain it to the start point. . with the red direction constraint shown. hover over the corner point shown to see the double inference. not just the most recent line. With the Parallel inference still showing. Click this point. Hover over any point along the line shown . Do not click yet. 16. When you press Shift. . 19. You can make new lines parallel or perpendicular to any existing line. Similarly. With Shift pressed.The Basics 14. Move the cursor until you see the Perpendicular inference (the preview line is magenta). 15. the magenta inference line turns thicker. . press Shift. indicating that this constraint is locked. and move the cursor until you see the Parallel inference (be sure not to activate any other inferences). This ensures that no matter where you move the cursor. . trying to maintain the general proportions shown below. Draw the next line in the green direction. Make the next line perpendicular from the last line. The perpendicular constraint is always available relative to the last line you drew.

Orbit to the orientation shown below.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 22. Activate Line. in the blue (vertical) direction. hover over the desired corner point and move down (in blue) and click when the double constraint appears. Each face has a front and back. Draw one more line to complete the face. Click Orbit (Mac: Orbit Camera) and move the mouse to spin the model around. 27. (If you have a three-button or scroll wheel mouse. Draw the third line to complete the face. 26. NOTE: Face colors are set in the Color page of the Model Info window. 24. You can always reverse a face’s front and back by right-clicking and selecting Reverse. simply hold the middle button / scroll wheel and drag . Like all drawing tools. 23. Draw a vertical line connecting the midpoints of the horizontal edges of the face you just completed. To draw a rectangular vertical face. 6 . and these are typically assigned different colors. and draw a line from the point shown straight down. Lines can also be used to divide faces. Line can be used just as easily in 3D. 28. 25. Use a parallel constraint to draw this vertical face.no need to activate Orbit).

To verify this. We will now see how lines can be used to heal faces. and the two faces are healed . To verify this. Click either face to see it highlighted. 7 . 32. hotkey: E).The Basics 29. Both lines are now divided into two lines. Click Erase (Tools / Erase. and now it is an endpoint. 34. 31. 33. 35. the face disappears. hotkey: Spacebar). hover over what was the midpoint. This line also divided the original face into two faces. 30.joined into one face. Recreate the face by simply replacing the line. Erase the dividing line. Because it no longer has a closed boundary. activate Select (Tools / Select. Erase one of the top edges.

Both faces sharing this edge disappear. Set the edge display to By Axis. Now open the Model Info to the Display page. but on your screen you can see that all edges parallel to one of the axes take on the axis color.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 36. Erase the common edge shown. and some find it distracting. Some prefer to work with By Axis on. all affected faces will be deleted. If you erase a line that is a boundary for more than one face. For the purposes of this book. 38. black edges will be used. Redraw the line to recreate both faces. 8 . 39. It doesn’t appear so well in black and white. and because these graphics are in black and white anyway. NOTE: These options are also available via Window / Display Settings. 37.

5. Draw another rectangle from a point on the top edge to the midpoint of the left edge. or press hotkey: X. and click Point 2 to define the red axis. Locate the origin at Point 1. These are explained in the next section. For the green axis direction. or use hotkey: R). 3. 4. Draw a rectangle by clicking the two opposite points. To draw a skewed rectangle in the red-green plane. So far the rectangles have been parallel to the red and green axes.red and green in the horizontal plane. 9 . you may see two indicators Square and Golden Section. click any point above the new red axis. NOTE: While sizing the rectangle. Rectangle does it in one step. Click Axes. select Tools / Axes. blue pointing up. you don’t need to use Line to draw four separate lines. 6. Start a new file (Top view) and click Rectangle (or select Draw / Rectangle. you need to change the axes. 2. Here are the new axes . or by clicking and dragging from the first point to the second.The Basics Rectangle If you need to draw a rectangular face. 1.

9. This is because you are working in Perspective mode. and press Shift to lock the width. If you turn this off (Camera / Perspective) the blue axis will point directly up and be invisible in this view. Draw the next rectangle by clicking on Point 1 and hovering over Point 2. 8. 7. Orbit so that you can create some vertical faces. Click and hover again using the points shown. Because the axis display can be distracting. and pull up to Point 3. 12.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook NOTE: You can see the blue axis. click Point 3. even though you are in Top view. You do not need to use Shift in every case for a double constraint. You can also erase all the extra lines in the middle to heal the face into one face. turn it off by selecting View / Axes). Start at Point 1. 13. 10 . hover over Point 2. Pull up in the blue direction and click to create the rectangle. With Shift pressed. Click the midpoint shown to create the double-constrained vertical rectangle. You have now used a double constraint to both lock the width and set the height to include a specific point. 10. Create the first rectangle by clicking Point 1 and hovering over Point 2. Then move the cursor from Point 2 and press Shift to lock this width. 11.

right-click on any axis. Use Measure. it is a ratio used since the earliest days of architectural design.The Basics Here is the final set of walls. Erase the circle and complete the rectangle by adding 2 lines. you should reset the axes. For those unfamiliar with the golden section. To test the results. Simply activate Rectangle and start drawing. Use Rectangle to create a square. and select Reset. it’s easy to create two of the most commonly-used rectangles: squares and golden sections. Draw the line shown below. you’ll create a square. Square and Golden Section While using Rectangle. First the square. SketchUp lets you know when the cursor is in a position to create a square. As you can see. Golden sections work the same way. If you are planning to continue your work in the same file. 11 . If you click when you see the indicator. first clicking on one corner point then hovering over the endpoint of the segment you want to measure. 3. here’s how to create it: 1. This is an extension of the original segment to where it meets the circle. But if you’re curious. 4. Display the axes again. Activate Circle and use Points 1 and 2 to draw the circle. it can be created automatically. we can measure the dimensions of the rectangle. 14. 2. 5. Then use Line to connect one of the corners to one of the midpoints.

12 . Push/Pull it is so crucial to working in SketchUp that it’s important to cover it before moving on to other tools. and the fewer segments you have. 11.0. The definition of a golden section is that the ratio of AB to BC equals AC to AB. so press Ctrl/Option and place the protractor at the midpoint end of the diagonal line. the less accurate is the circle. Activate Select and select only the diagonal line (no faces). Start in top view. Use this copied line to complete the rectangle. To set the zero angle. click the other endpoint of the diagonal line. it is probably because of the circle you used. create the rotated copy by defining the rotation angle as shown here: 12. Push/Pull is what makes SketchUp so unique and easy to use.61803. art. their ratio should be 0. The ratio of the longer segment to the shorter one should be 1. While not exactly a 2D drawing tool. Finally. it’s basically an extrude tool but much more flexible and intuitive. you get 0. and use Line to make a trapezoid. If you get slightly inaccurate results.a crucial number in architecture.61803. it takes a face and makes a 3D assembly of faces. and nature . If you divide this value into 1.including the human body. 1. Activate Rotate. In CAD terms. circles are created as a series of short line segments. Depending on the scale. 10. 8. Now if you measure these lengths. This value of 1.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6.61803 is phi .61803. Here is a more accurate way to create a golden section: 7. In SketchUp. Orbit to an isometric view. Push/Pull 9. even a thousand-segment circle may yield a slightly inaccurate golden section. Return to the square with diagonal line. Simply put. This line will be copied.

you can either click on the face and then click the point (above or below the face ) to set the height. you could double-click it. Use Push/Pull to pull out one of the rectangles. The should be aligned to each other. Draw two rectangles on the top of the trapezoid. and to the two boxes along the front. Either way. Use another Push/Pull to continue pushing this face past the boxes.The Basics 2. To push the other rectangle in by the same distance. Use Rectangle (or Line) to draw two rectangle from the bottom edge of the front face. You can use inferences while using Push/Pull . (When you use a 2D drawing tool on a face. Use Push/Pull to push in one of the rectangles. 9. it’s easier to use two clicks (face and height point). 3. You can only go as far as the top of the box forms. TIP: When using an inference point to set a Push/Pull distance.stop at the midpoint of the edge shown. Now push the top of the trapezoid down. the face updates dynamically while you move the mouse. Then double-click on the other rectangle . 4. But this can only be done when you want to use the distance of the last 13 . the object automatically aligns to that face. It also creates a prismatic form .the start and end faces are the same size. 8. rather than dragging the face. 6. 5.this pulls it out by the same distance you just used. or you can hold and drag the face up or down. or use hotkey: P). Push/Pull always pushes or pulls a face in a direction perpendicular to the face. Click Push/Pull (or select Tools / Push/Pull. 7.) Constrain the second rectangle to be the same height as the first. To use this tool.

10. When the On Face constraint appears. and is very useful in cases where you cannot see all the way to the bottom of the hole. dividing the front into five separate faces. Push in the vertical face above the other box.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Push/Pull. TIP: An easy way to push all the way through is to first click the rectangular face you want to push through. click to use this distance. then click anywhere on any edge of the bottom face. You can also use Push/Pull to create voids. Push the rectangles all the way through the trapezoidal form simply end the operation at the bottom face. To get the same Push/Pull distance. click the unpushed rectangle. the distance you want is no longer stored. This prevents you from pushing too far or not far enough. If you used Push/Pull somewhere else. then move the cursor to the one already pushed. healing the face above one of the boxes. 14. 14 . Now pull up the top trapezoidal face. then came back to the second rectangle. 13. 11. Because of the box forms. Erase two of the lines. there are lines above the box corners. 12.

we will work on the back face. There is an added feature of Push/Pull that enables you to control how the adjacent faces act. and pull the same face using the Ctrl/Option key. and pull out the side of the trapezoid. Orbit to the back and pull out the face shown. 18. but Push/Pull ensures that you are always moving perpendicular to the face. between them and the pulled face. you can add a small balcony. Undo. 15 . Now use a normal Push/Pull . Undo this operation (Ctrl+Z. Quite a difference! 17. undo again.The Basics 15. 16. but the neighboring faces move with it. NOTE: You could get the same results using the Move tool.on the face shown. and pull it again. This leaves the neighboring faces in place. To demonstrate this. this time holding down the Ctrl/Option key. With one additional line and another Push/Pull. 19. For another demonstration of this feature. 20. The pulled face remains the same size.no Ctrl/Option . Cmd+Z). and adds vertical faces.

hotkey: C). 5. 2. NOTE: Like with all 2D drawing tools. Because the circle divided the vertical side into two faces. Draw a circle in the red-green plane by clicking the center point and then a point on the circumference. You can also create circles on existing faces. Activate Circle (Draw / Circle. Both create multi-segmented polygons. first hover over one of the endpoints. rather it’s comprised of many short segments. The difference basically lies in the appearance of the faces that result when you use Push/Pull. Create a box with a diagonal line on one of the faces . Even though the circle is a series of lines. Create a circle on the side face. 3.when the line turns magenta that means its endpoints are equidistant from the corner. It is actually comprised of a series of flat faces. To pick up the Center inference. a higher number of segments is a better approximation to a circle. you can draw a circle in any of the three planes. Just orbit so that you are facing the plane you want to draw in. 4. you can use Push/Pull on the circular portion to pull out a cylinder. the cylinder face appears smooth and round. curved face. 16 . then move the cursor around the center until the green dot appears. you’ll see that it’s not actually round. If you look closely at the circle. The next circle will be concentric with the front face of the cylinder. You could also click and drag from the center to the circumference. Push the triangular portion of the face inward until it cuts all the way through.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Circle and Polygon These two tools are grouped together because they are basically the same. but looks and acts as one. 1.

8. The same applies for Polygon. (If.) If you change segmentation this way. but do not click the second point to complete it. Activate Select and select the circle shown. Once a circle has been extruded. Type “8s” to change the sides to 8. if the circle is located on an existing face (such as in this example). However. and length (Windows only) of the circle. until the number is changed again. and Push/Pull this inner circle back to the vertical face of the box. which is actually an octagon. If not already displayed. number of segments. (For 1’-8” you could type 1’8. NOTE: You can also use the VCB to set the circle radius . you can choose to specify a radius or a different number of segments. show the Entity Info window (Window / Entity Info). You can also change the number of sides after the circle is completed. click the right-facing arrow at the top of the window and select Show Details. 11. Start to draw a concentric circle on this face. With nothing selected.simply type in the radius and press Enter. (Before extruding you can also change its segmentation.) TIP: You could also have displayed this by right-clicking on the circle and selecting Entity Info from the menu. in Windows.) 17 . Entity Info displays the radius. You need the “s” because a number alone will be interpreted as a dimension. the length does not appear. Before the circle is complete. the circle will sometimes be created on top of (not within) the face. Complete the circle. you can still change its radius. the segment number stays active for future circles.The Basics 6.remember to specify your units. the window should be blank. 10. 9. Assign a slightly smaller radius . 7.

15.) 14. the polygon should have 6 sides. hotkey: Shift + D)). NOTE: The “8s” method would also work for polygons. Note that it has 8 sides .center then radius. 17. By default. Open the polygon’s Entity Info and change the number of segments to 8. 13.this is the last segmentation value you used. and can be hidden or erased just like construction lines. unless this was already changed. Align the polygon center to this point. NOTE: This point is actually construction geometry. Before drawing the polygon. or polygon. You should now have two adjacent octagons. (If you’re a perfectionist. you can no longer change its segmentation. Activate Polygon (Draw / Polygon. Polygons are drawn just like circles . This places a marking point at the center of any arc. circle. 18 . you can also use the Entity Info to assign the exact same radii to the circle and polygon. 16. The hollow cylinder now has a draft angle. which are created using the Measure tool. But once you Push/Pull a polygon (or circle).the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 12. right-click on the circle and select Point at Center. Now draw a small circle on the sloped face (leave room for another circle next to it). Create a polygon with approximately the same radius as the circle. to match the circle.

You can change the number of segments before placing the first point by simply typing the number (no “s” needed). 19 . then double-click the second face to extrude it the same distance. Locate the center at the midpoint of the edge shown (do not click yet). To see the edges of the circular faces. NOTE: If you had placed the circle so that its segments overlapped the edge. 24. You are left with an arc that has bold lines. Make the circle vertical. Activate Circle. 23. 19. the edge divides the circle in half. In Windows. 21. Click when the circle preview is vertical. the F keys are preset to implement display commands such as wireframe. On the Mac these shortcuts are not preset. In actuality. and orient the radius straight down (or straight across) so that the box edge contains two segment endpoints. 22. Circular faces are faceted as well. while the polygonal face is faceted. or press F4. and click one of the polygonal facets. Select the circular face . but their edges are smoothed and hidden. indicating that it is not considered properly aligned with the face. these objects are the same.) The circular face appears smooth. X-ray. shaded. 20. Because two of the segment endpoints lie on the edge. Another difference in these faces is how they are selected. you can Push/Pull one face.it is selected as one face. Activate Select. and the value appears next to Sides in the VCB. Push/Pull them both. (Remember. Depending on how you move the cursor. Select the top part of the circle and delete it. etc. but you can add them yourself. (see "Display Settings" on page 261). only their appearance is different. Enter 12.The Basics 18. you can align the circle with either adjacent face. To see how these are different. Each of these faces can be selected separately. the circle would not have been divided. Press F4 again to hide the edges. select View / Hidden Geometry.

Arc Similar to Circle and Polygon. the Move tool can also be used to resize circles and polygons. 28. its extruded face is smooth. This will be shown later in this chapter. Push/Pull the arc face again. Push/Pull the arc face outward. 1.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 25. NOTE: In addition to using Entity Info. This breaks the curve into its individual segments. 20 . or in any of the three main planes. You can draw arcs in any face. Move also enables you to resize curved extruded faces.) The arc is now thin-lined. Activate Arc via the icon. Undo the extrusion. To resolve the arc to the face. and right-click on the arc and select Explode Curve. (You could also use Line to recreate any of the arc’s segments. or by selecting Draw / Arc or by using hotkey: A. Because this arc was created from a circle. (Ctrl/Cmd+Z). 27. 26. Start with the same form you used in the Circle exercise 2. You can now select the top two segments and delete them. and this time it is faceted. Arc creates multi-segmented representations of arcs. simply use Line to connect its endpoints. Right-click on the arc (be sure not to right-click on a face) and select Convert to Polygon. Undo the extrusion.

To define the bulge. the new arc is tangent to the adjacent one by default. TIP: If you are having trouble placing the starting point of the new arc exactly on the endpoint of the previous one. Select two edge points on the side face. move the cursor until the arc appears in cyan and the Tangent to Edge inference appears. To set the arc bulge. double-click to keep it tangent. placing the first chord point along the vertical edge and the second point on the face. NOTE: You can also specify exact dimensions for the bulge. Move the cursor so that this arc becomes tangent to the top edge. indicated by the Tangent at Vertex inference. Start a second arc in the top corner. Then move the cursor along the face to set the bulge. An arc is started by first defining its chord. Like when drawing a line. the arc chord appears in magenta when both ends are equidistant from the corner. Do the same for the third arc in the chain. 8. rather than the adjacent arc. 4. try zooming in closer. 21 . Arcs in a chain do not necessarily have to be tangent to their adjacent arcs. 5.The Basics 3. When you draw an arc starting from an existing arc. Start the next arc as before. 6. and locate the second chord point (single-click) on the top edge. 7.

and circle to create voids. Unless the chord points are equidistant from the corner point. Type 4s. arc chain.) 12. 11.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook NOTE: Be careful when making an arc tangent to an edge. But for another way to change the arc. 10. you can no longer change the arc this way (the 4s method). Both the radius and number of segments can be edited.” 13. 9. NOTE: You can also change the number of segments while selecting the chord points. which appears in the VCB. you also need to type “4s. Change the segment number to 8. and place the center at the center of the last arc. or before you set the bulge. 14. there are two tangency possibilities . and press Enter. You can also find the center point of any arc. Draw a rectangle on the diagonal face. and enter a slightly smaller radius (don’t forget the units symbol if necessary). Use Push/Pull on the arc. open its Entity Info window.one for each edge. (If you have trouble locating the center. In these cases. one way to change the number of segments is to enter the new number after the arc is created. The arc now has 4 segments. Like with circles. and draw an arc using the top edge of the rectangle. if both chord points are located on edges. 22 . Move the cursor until the Half Circle inference appears. Activate Circle. hover over one of the arc endpoints first. Once you create another object or activate another tool.

Like a circle. This is because an arc can be fit to the current edge below at a size less than a semi-circle. an arc can be broken down into individual segments. Now make the arc radius larger.The Basics 15. the edge below will update instead. create two semi-circles of the same size and height. and erase the face. Right-click the arc and select Explode Curve. but change it to 8 segments. It should have 4 segments. The arc shrinks. and use Convert to Polygon on one of them. 19. 17. you can still enter a decimal value: 2. You could use Entity Info to change the radius of the arc faces on either end of the extrusions. 20. like the previous arc. the polygon is segmented. Pull them down. Erase the line between the arc and rectangle. (Note that even if you are using architectural units. 18. But if the new radius will make an arc greater than a semi-circle. resizing the rectangle below it as well. 16. Each segment is now a separate entity. Create the next arc vertically from the bottom edge of the cutout. But once Push/Pull is used. you cannot change the segmentation.5’ is the same as 2’-6”. On the side.) This time the arc updates but does not affect the rectangle (now a trapezoid) below it. 23 .

or press hotkey: F. though it is selected and manipulated as one object. 5. 8. Freehand is used to create freehand sketches. The lines are thick because they are not edges of a face. Undo again. This smooth vs. 2. 24 . Push/Pull out the freehand face. Start with a box.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Freehand Another self-explanatory tool name. and polygons. Draw an open curve by clicking and dragging the mouse. simply end it at its start point. this curve is approximated into segments. or select Draw / Freehand. Like circles and arcs. To make a curve closed. 7. Although the curve is segmented. 6. and use Explode Curve. Orbit to the other side. 3. the lines will be thin. faceted behavior works the same way as for circles. Undo and use Convert to Polygon to create a faceted extrusion. indicating a face has been formed. Erase the rest of the curve to clear the face. Verify this by erasing individual segments. Then draw a similar closed curve. and draw a closed freehand curve. Because the mouse button remains pressed. keeping the Shift key pressed. Click Freehand. inferences from other points are not displayed. 1. Now the curve is broken into separate segments. If you do it right. the curved face is smooth. arcs. 4.

this section includes tools for measuring. objects need to be selected before you can apply another tool to them. 2. Use a line to close the curve. or select Tools / Select.The Basics When you use Shift. You will probably have to zoom in closely to the start and end points to find the break. Select You need to understand this tool before getting into the other manipulation tools. 3. Once closed. it does not translate into a closed curve when exploded. or press hotkey: Spacebar. the lines are thin. The lines are now thick. erasing. copying. in many cases. Selecting is very straightforward. 9. moving. meaning it is not closed. and making construction lines. Start with a box. but it has not divided the box face into two faces you cannot erase the enclosed face. Even though this was created as a closed curve. the cursor appears as an arrow. but this exercise may show you some features you didn’t know about. right-click on it and select Explode. Manipulation Tools These are tools you can used once you have some geometry in your model. To change this into a standard object (a curve that will affect neighboring objects). 10. because. 1. the resulting curve does not integrate with any other geometry. scaling. When in Select mode. rotating. Among other things. Click an edge to select it. 25 . Click Select. The lines are thin.

TIP: You can select everything by selecting Edit / Select All. then click the face again (with Shift) to deselect it. Selected faces are covered with a dotted pattern. 4. . located on the Color page of the Model Info window. . 7. Pressing Shift toggles objects between selected and deselected. 6. 26 . 5. by pressing Ctrl/Option while selecting. also in the Highlight color. . To deselect everything. 10. or press hotkey: Ctrl/Option + T. Press Shift and select a face . 9. Pressing Shift+Ctrl/Option removes objects from the selection set. or by pressing Ctrl+A (Cmd+A). Remove one face and one edge. . Use Ctrl/Option to add two edges. so be aware of what you need to select for the tool you want to use! Add another face to the set of selected objects. Now click a face to select it. 8. select Edit / Deselect All. . Keep in mind that edges and faces are considered separate objects.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The selected edge appears in the color specified for Highlight. The edge now is deselected.

Drag a right-to-left window to select three faces of the large box (the two you can see plus the bottom face) plus the three edges. throughout the depth of the model into the screen. This type of window selects objects that are completely enclosed within it . and vice-versa. side and top faces.the face and the four surrounding edges. and surrounding edges. Now orbit around so that the small box is behind the larger one. We will now use window (marquee) selections. enclosing the front face of the small box. 14. Clear the selection (click anywhere in the blank space). the window has also selected some edges and faces of the small box. because you might select objects that are hidden behind objects. Return to Select mode and drag a window from left to right. This window selects everything completely or partially inside it . this time from right to left. 12. 27 . 15. Shift and Ctrl/Option keys can be used with window selection. Therefore you need to be careful when using a right-to-left window. The selection window affects all objects inside it. Add a rectangle to one of the faces and Push/Pull it out.The Basics 11. and draw the same window selection box. Objects that were previously selected are deselected. 13. Press Shift to toggle selected objects and drag a window that encloses both boxes. In this case.the front face.

triple-click on any edge or face. 18. Finally. Here’s a neat feature that allows you to select multiple objects at once. Press Ctrl/Option or use Shift. 22.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 16. To deselect the small box. 17. While in Select. but also all surrounding edges. you can select all connected faces. 21. and re-select the face. press Ctrl/Option + Shift. Double-click on any edge to select the edge plus all adjacent faces. If you right-click an edge. 28 . The small box is deselected. but the last selection window also deselected the side face of the large box. Switching to wireframe can show you exactly what’s been selected. and drag a right-to-left box around it. 20. double-click on any face. This selects all contiguous edges and faces. or press hotkey: F5. This selects not only the face. The context menu also provides these selection options. 19. 23. or by pressing hotkey: F7. In this view you can see the edges and faces of the small box that are selected. orbit the view as shown. Click Wireframe. Unattached objects remain unselected. or all connected geometry. Switch back to Shaded mode by clicking the icon.

However. In this case. and total area of faces. you have the options Soft and Smooth . 29 . Entity Info will tell you how many objects are selected. 5. at this time. its length is listed. Select a few faces. 1. total lengths of edges. The total number of edges is 64. 3. and their total length is listed. Select a few edges (they don’t have to be contiguous). and 2 arcs with 8 segments each. Entity Info on the Mac does not give quantities for more than one selected object. it gives quantities only for one object at a time.The Basics If you right-click a face.2 circles with 24 segments each. and the total length is also listed. Layers are described in Chapter 9. and the total number of faces. Materials are described in Chapter 7. Now select one edge. In addition. Taking Off Quantities Using Select and Entity Info The Entity Info window enables you to easily calculate numbers of objects.these are options that control how the edges are displayed (see "Displaying and Smoothing Edges" on page 57). 4. 4 objects are selected . connected faces. or all connected geometry. you can select its bounding edges. 2. When a face is selected. However. are listed. This section applies to both Windows and Mac users. which makes sense since arcs and circles are basically created as a series of small edges. its area is listed in the window. Length can be calculated for curves as well. as well as total area.

5. To erase multiple edges in one go. pulled into a cylinder. 3. And. 6. the total number of entities will be listed. you can always use Undo. Click on any of the polygon segments on the bottom face. 2. the entire polygon would be erased with one click. Because this breaks the circular face. they might be missed. Start with a polygon. and will be deleted once you release the button. press Esc to start over. TIP: If you pass over edges too quickly. the next important thing is knowing how to erase. The cursor is now an eraser symbol. move the mouse more slowly. you will see the number and total length (Windows only) of the edges to be erased. If you’re not picking up all the edges you want. 4. Draw a rectangle that encloses the bottom of the cylinder. Erase After knowing how to select. faces plus groups). 30 . If you try to select this rectangular face. NOTE: If you hadn’t exploded the polygon. If you accidentally pass over an edge you don’t want to erase. using around 24 sides. hotkey: E). Push/Pull the rectangle downward and Push/Pull the polygon the same distance by double-clicking on it. of course. Activate Erase (Tools / Erase. Use Explode Curve to break the bottom polygon into its individual segments. keep the mouse button pressed and pass over the edges you want to delete. it has now become a single face. 1.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. and nothing else. If your selection set contains different types of entities (edges plus faces. They will be highlighted in the “select” color. the remaining lines become thick. If the Entity Info window is open.

Another way to erase is to select first. then press Delete. 14. 8. 9. 11. except for the top face. Erase the remaining circle segments on this face.The Basics 7. you need to select them first. Only the top face of the base remains. 10. If you erase an edge of a face. Erase one of the edges of the cutout. The Erase tool does not work on faces. TIP: This menu also contains a Hide option . The hotkey for hiding is H. You could also recreate these faces by manually redrawing the edge you erased. Orbit to look down on the top face. 31 . To remove faces. only edges. Press Delete. all faces adjacent to it will also disappear. Use a right-to-left selection window to select all edges and faces of the base. or right-click and select Erase. and its two adjacent faces disappear. 12. Right-click and select Erase. Undo to restore these face. and the remaining three edges are thick-lined. draw a rectangle on it. and select it.useful for temporarily removing faces. 13. You could also use Select to select the face and press the Delete key. The face is restored. Erase one of the vertical edges of the cylinder.

5. Erase can also be used to soften edges.don’t forget the unit. and to create construction lines. The last feature of the Erase tool is that it can also hide edges (not faces). according to the value you entered. As you saw above. or keep Shift pressed while you pass over multiple edges. Click Yes to the following question: 32 . Measure the length of the base by clicking the two endpoints. 1. Measure This tool has three purposes: to measure distances. or selecting Edit / Hide). 3.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 15. 4. To hide all edges. Hiding also hides profile lines. Mac: Tools / Tape Measure. In addition to hiding edges. Start with this form. Activate Measure (Tools / Measure. The length is indicated in the VCB. while smoothing creates a smooth look. to scale an entire model. while smoothed objects still have their profile lines displayed. Hiding and smoothing are two different things. TIP: You can also hide edges and faces by selecting them first. then pressing H (or selecting Hide from the popup menu. Using Measure this way enables you to scale your entire model. Just press Shift and click an edge. 2. type the desired length (such as 20’) . hiding edges leaves surfaces looking faceted. you can set the edge color to None in the Display Settings window (Window / Display Settings). To change the length of this edge. hotkey: D).

but this is not one of those cases. We now want to create a shape on the sloped face. Enter a different length. SketchUp wouldn’t know which endpoint to keep in place. . Place it so that it intersects the midpoint of the edge shown. This is the error message you get: 8. but we need construction lines to know where to locate points. You can verify this by using Measure on the same two endpoints. 33 . An infinite construction line is created here. Measure is what you need to use. The edge could not resize because there are too many faces that would be affected. In some cases. . you can also use Entity Info to measure edges.The Basics The model changes scale. Click the construction line you just drew and move the cursor to one side to see the offset line. . As you’ve already seen. click outside the Entity Info window. Components have set dimensions which would be lost if they were scaled. . the edge could be shortened. you also can use Entity Info to change an edge’s length. Activate Measure and click two opposite corners of the diagonal face. But even when you can use Entity Info to change an edge. To implement the change. if the model looked like this (in which each adjacent face ends at the endpoint). However. NOTE: If your model has components. Measure can also create construction lines offset to edges and other construction lines. they will not be scaled in this operation. To scale an entire model. . 7. and checking the length in the VCB. it will only affect the selected edge. 6.

Create another construction line at the same offset in the other direction.create one between the other opposite corners of this face. 12. Press Enter. 13. Type 2’ (or whatever makes sense in your case) and press Enter. 11. 15.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 9. the value is assumed to be in inches). 14. Create another offset construction line that intersects the midpoint of the other edge. Do not pick up any other inferences. 34 . Enter a value like 7’ (don’t forget the foot symbol. otherwise. and do not click yet. The construction line is created at the specified offset. to move the new construction line closer to the center. Click this construction line and move the cursor to one side. 10. It’s not too late to change the offset. Now for the construction lines in the other direction . You can enter the offset distance manually.

) 20. This extends the face to the level of the construction line. 22. Erase all construction lines by selecting Edit / Construction Geometry / Erase (or Hide). (Here’s another way to do the same thing: Click the lower edge and pull up in the blue direction. Move out so that the construction line is along the axis (red or green direction) from the upper edge. so that you can create an offset construction line. then click any point on the upper edge. click the inner portion of the sloped face. 21. 18. 17. 35 . Activate Push/Pull. Use the intersections of the construction lines to create the three lines and arc shown below. and without picking up any other inference). Do the same along the diagonal edge. Construction lines can also be used to infer points that do not exist. Press Shift to lock the blue direction. If drawn correctly. and directly above (blue direction) the lower edge. the form should be thin-lined (closed and aligned to the sloped face). Create a construction line along the edge shown by clicking any two points along it. and click the construction line. Click the lower edge of the sloped face (not at an endpoint. 19. Then hover on the upper edge to pick up its inference. The next construction line will use a double constraint.The Basics 16.

36 . Type an offset value. then click the other edge. ending at a construction point. This creates a finite construction line. In the Measure tool. Move in the red or green direction (depending on where your axes are) but don’t click yet. 25. This places the first endpoint of the construction line at the point where the two edges would meet. From the point where these lines intersect. first hover over one edge and press Shift. using inference locking. 24. You can then locate the second endpoint of the construction line.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 23. start another construction line. Create an offset of the diagonal construction line by clicking on it (Line A). such as 25’ and press Enter. then clicking on the endpoint of the finite construction line (Point B). TIP: There is a quicker way to do this.

To change the default tick spacing. 27. 28. aligned with the front face. and Push/Pull the triangle outward. Erase the construction lines.The Basics 26. 37 . which enables you to snap to the tick marks. you can see that the sloped faces of both forms lie on the same plane. 2. Start with a box. Place it at the midpoint of the right vertical edge. the protractor has ticks marking angles every 15 degrees. which is measured from the reference line. 1. The final step is to define the angle. If you move the cursor two ticks above the reference line. open the Model Info window to the Units page. Then set the reference line horizontally along the front face. Enable angle snapping should be checked. If you look from the side. Activate Protractor (Tools / Protractor. Do not click yet. Protractor This tool has two purposes: to create angled construction lines and to measure angles. you will see 30 degrees listed in the VCB. 4. We now have the necessary information to create this triangular face. Change the snap angle from 15 to 10. hotkey: Shift+D). By default. The protractor appears. 3.

8. Now the protractor has tick marks every 10 degrees. 38 . (You can also use the top horizontal face for orientation. Use this construction line to create this triangular form. Because the construction line is no longer needed. 11.) TIP: You can enter negative values as well.4 to get the same result. Draw a line along the construction line on the front face and Push/Pull the triangular face all the way through.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 5. you can erase it. we need to set the orientation first. Activate Protractor again. Place the protractor anywhere outside the form and press Shift to lock its orientation. To do this. you could type -32. and type the angle (such as 32. Define the reference line along the horizontal edge. 6. Press Enter to set the construction line. 9. If the cursor had set the angle direction the other way. This time we want to keep the protractor flat (red-green plane) and center it at a specific point. Place the cursor to indicate the direction of the angle. 12. With Shift still pressed. Erase the construction line. click the corner shown to place the protractor center. Place the cursor at the 40-degree tick.4) which automatically appears in the VCB. 7. 10. and click to place the construction line.

39 . Start with a box and add a line parallel to the back edge. or a combination of selected objects. faces. Place and orient the protractor from Point B to Point A. and drag it downward (blue direction). 14. 15. Click the edge shown. 2. You can enter a ratio instead of a degree measurement. and then click its new location. 17. Hover (do not click) over Point C. TIP: Entering a ratio is a great way to set the rise:run of a roof slope. Press Esc to “free” the protractor so it can be placed somewhere else.to move objects to a different location. hotkey: M). points. Move can also be used to resize curves and curved faces. or to make one or more copies. Type 8:12 and press Enter. Use this construction line to draw a line along the front face. In the VCB you will see the measurement of angle A-B-C. You can also click the edge. Place it at the corner of the front face. Activate Protractor again. 16. Erase and recreate some edges as needed to get this: Move and Copy The Move tool can be used in two ways . oriented along its bottom edge. which will now be used to measure an angle. Move the cursor upward (do not click yet) to set the angle direction.4-degree angle you created before.6 is the complement of the 32. 3.The Basics 13. 1. Move You can modify your model by moving edges. release the mouse. This measurement of 57. Activate Move (Tools / Move.

if you want to move a point. you need to define two points. using Line in axis directions and Shift-locking. Move the face along the red (or green) axis to stretch the entire model. Move is still active. Shift-lock the window to move parallel to the lower edge of the large face. 11. This is a good place to show the different between Move and Push/Pull.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. you must define the selection set before activating Move. Delete the front face of the frame. then move the point. 7. Move also works on faces. If you want to move multiple objects. and the cutout on the large face. Move affects edges and faces adjacent to the selected face. 10. 40 . Make it off-center. front face. Activate Move and click any point in space (Point A) and click or drag to Point B. Create a dormer frame over this rectangle. So far we’ve used Move on single objects. dragging the window by its lower midpoint. The two edges move accordingly. Objects can also be selected first. NOTE: Conversely. 9. 5. thereby stretching the model. Move the point shown on the left down till it meets the point indicated on the right. Draw a rectangle on the large. If you tried Push/Pull. When moving this way. depending on how you made your model). 6. undo that step. then moved. 8. it only extends the selected face. The move is applied based on the distance and direction between these two points. you must activate Move first. a reference point and a destination point. and center the window along this edge. Use Select to select the two edges shown. Select the entire window and activate Move. following the axis direction (red or green. If you use Push/Pull on the same face.

and click. 5. 7. Now the edge consists of three lines of equal length.) 3. If you’re having trouble getting the copy on the top face. 4. 6. Right-click the edge shown and select Divide. 1. you will create a copy. (You can also double-click the top edge to select all the faces that touch it. TIP: Selecting Point B can place the copy on either the top face or front face. With the cylinder selected. then click Point A. 2. Press Ctrl/Option. try to approach Point B slowly from a point on the top face. Release Ctrl/Option. activate Move. Use a right-to-left selection window . Create a small cylinder on one of the top faces. Move the cursor so that the edge is divided into three segments. We now want to select this cylinder to copy it. Start with a box. positioned in the same place relative to the edges of the top faces. Use Move to move the edge shown. then click Point B to make a copy of the cylinder.everything inside or touching the window will be selected. Draw two parallel lines from the new endpoints and pull the outer faces up.The Basics Copy When you use the Ctrl/Option key within a Move operation. 41 .

The fold lines between the top and bottom faces are created automatically. NOTE: Automatic alignment. 10. but you can make several copies at the same spacing.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 8. Then hover over the bottom edge. 42 . Press Enter. Press Alt/Cmd. Normally. 1. 2. and click a reference point anywhere. Autofold will create as many planes as needed to perform the move. 9. The copy should still be selected. activate Move. Start with this form. and Offset the edges inward (Select the face. Here’s the first instance when Autofold is useful. which you just saw. which enables you to create fold lines where there weren’t any before. using any point on the front face as a reference point. works only for copies. Then release Alt/Cmd and click a second reference point. Autofold Autofold is a very useful enhancement of the Move tool. Erase as needed to get a circular window. One copy is made. Copy it. Now select two of these windows. directly above the first one. For the second point. and copy them to the side face. Moving objects does not change their alignment. Type 3x. activate Offset. make sure the copy is parallel to the bottom edge. and click two points to define the offset distance). which appears in the VCB. 11. Make another copy using the distance between Points A and B The copy is automatically aligned with the front face. without dividing them into more planes. There are two ways you can do this: With only the inside face selected. Move keeps planes as planes. Now there are three copies (four total windows).

though some cleanup would be necessary. Undo this move. Now you can move the edges in any direction . release Alt/Cmd. and try to move them upward without using Autofold. 5. you would only be able to move the inside face within the confines of its plane. . you can’t move in the blue direction. then activate Move. this time using Autofold. Now select the two ridge lines as before. The roof wasn’t created perfectly. Without Autofold. 7. click the inner face. 8. Press Alt/Cmd. Select both ridge lines. 6. Use midpoints and Shift-locking to create the ridge lines. 4. but it can easily be cleaned up. and drag the face upward. This works.The Basics The other way to do this is to start with nothing selected. Try again. move them up without Autofold. to get this result: 43 . Now we will create a roof. Use Move with Shift-locking on the ridge line intersection point. 3.use the blue direction. There is only one direction the edges can be moved. 9. and add two valley lines.

Select the top face of the arc form and activate Move. and polygons are another place where Autofold is useful. 44 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook There are so many uses for Autofold. it’s impossible to show examples of them all. 1. The only way you can move this face is up or down. You can now move the face in any direction. Autofold with Curved Faces Faces created as a result of Push/Pull’ing arcs. Now try to move it again. Start with a form like this: 3. Here are a few extra examples. 2. this time pressing Alt/Cmd for Autofold. circles.

the entire circle is highlighted. circles. While Move is still active. 1. and to the surfaces created when these entities are extruded. These edges correspond to the locations of the quadrant points. flat cone. either by dragging. Create a small circle. but the radius changes. For example. these draggable quadrant points will be at segment endpoints or midpoints. and move the cursor around the circumference of the circle. 2. NOTE: If you have an even number of segments. play with the mouse to find them. You can also resize the curved face itself. two of the four quadrant points will be located elsewhere along their edges. and activate Move. Make a cylinder from the circle. But at the four quadrant points. dotted line. the oval cannot be resized. Move one of the quadrant points.The Basics Similarly. For an odd number of segments (something you would probably never use). Watch the VCB to see the radius value update. The center of the circle remains in place. 45 . once you use Scale to change a circle into an oval. move the cursor until a movable edge (and not the entire face) is highlighted as a bold. 3. Autofold is useful when you want to create skewed cylinders and polygonal prisms. Activate Move and move the mouse along the top edge until only a quadrant point (and not the entire edge) is highlighted. Along most of the circumference. Note that the changes you can make in this exercise can only be performed on curves and faces that have not been edited they must still retain their original shape. indicating that it is a point you can drag for resizing. 4. Make sure nothing else is selected. and polygons. only the point itself is highlighted in green. or by click-move-click. Drag the point inward to make a cone. Move the edge outward to create a wide. Using Move to Resize Curves and Curved Surfaces This section applies to arcs.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 5. Arc endpoints can also be moved. 11. Do the same for the other face to make it less flat. Do the same at the midpoint of the first arc. Now onto arcs. create a tangent arc between an endpoint point on the circumference and a point near (not on) the circle center. By default it is tangent to its neighbor. now we will resize the arcs. highlight the moveable edge directly below the arc midpoint. Create the next arc from the end of the first one. Using Move. Drag it back to make the face rounder. Push/Pull up the rear face made by the arc chain. This not only changes the arc. Drag this point downward to “flatten” the arc. 10. Don’t extend it past the conical base below. Pick the endpoint shown and drag it toward the center of the circle. Activate Move again. 8. Double-click to place the endpoint somewhere on the other side of the circle. 7. 46 . 6. On the top face. 9. but shrinks the circle as well. Move the cursor to the midpoint of the second arc only this point should be highlighted (not the entire arc).

drag one of its moveable edges. 16. activate Move and use one of the moveable quadrant points to shrink the polygon. which is basically the same as a circle. 13. but there is always at least one at a segment endpoint. And resize the top polygon by dragging a quadrant point inward. The location of these points depends on how many segments you have. we will use a polygon. 14.The Basics 12. 15. Like with a circle. Resize the arc at the bottom of the face by dragging its midpoint forward. To resize the polygonal face. Change both arc faces by moving their common endpoint to the left. 47 . Draw a hexagon starting from the center of the arc where shown. Finally. 17. Pull up the polygon.

start with following. For a basic look at Rotate. this tool can be used in two ways . You can use the tick marks on the protractor.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Rotate and Copy Like Move. Once in Rotate. Activate Rotate (Tools / Rotate. right-angled form. 48 . 7. along the intersection with the other wing. 5. The Protractor appears. Move the cursor to activate the rotation.to rotate objects to a different position. hotkey: Shift+R). the non-rotated wing no longer consists of right angles. which works the same way as the Protractor tool Mac: Rotate only works if objects are selected first. The next exercise explores alignment locking when using Rotate. But you can’t select just the wing unless you create a dividing line. rotate by eye. The next step is to rotate. The current rotation angle appears in the VCB. Therefore. and to make rotated copies. 3. select the wing first. and then activate Rotate. you need to select the objects to rotate. Rotate 1. Use some construction lines and the Move tool to correct this. In this example the reference line is not so important. Because the rotation has affected adjacent faces. 4. on both the top and bottom faces. We want to rotate one of the wings. set it along one of the axes. Select the wing to rotate and press Enter. Place the center of the protractor on the top face. 2. or type an angle value. The next click sets the rotation reference line. 6.

5. Erase the interior face of the window. 4. and Push/Pull up the frame. Start by rotating the window to be parallel to the construction line. 3. Use Rotate to align the house to the construction line. Make sure it’s sized so that it will fit entirely within the roof face when rotated. The window needs to be rotated to the orientation of the house. and therefore not aligned with the rotated house. 7. Use Move upward on the line to create a ridged roof. 2. 6. To rotate it into place. We will now create a window that will be placed on the sloping face of the roof. Start with a long box with a line across the top. The house is aligned with the red-green plane. In some blank space. Use Move to place the window on the sloped face.The Basics 1. activate Rotate and Shift-lock the protractor to the vertical side of the house (or another face parallel to this). create a long rectangle with a smaller rectangle inside it. but we want it aligned in another direction. 49 . The rectangle is aligned with the red and green axes. Create a construction line between Points A and B.

Move the cursor to rotate out a copy of the column. you can use Rotate to make rotated copies by using the Ctrl/Option key. 3. Then you can align and rotate as needed. anchoring the protractor on the midpoint of the arc diameter line. 50 . The window is properly inserted. Use Rotate on the column. 2. Place the copy a reasonable angle from the original. indicating copy mode. Rotate . Create one rectangular column 4. click the point where the window meets the roof. Create a box with a semi-circular protrusion at the top.Copy As with the Move tool.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 8. Press Ctrl/Option and click anywhere to place the reference line. Note that the cursor symbol now has a plus sign. 1. Keeping Shift pressed. and cuts the face.

moving a side handle causes non-uniform scaling . the aspect ratios are not maintained. The circle is surrounded by a bounding box. hotkey: S). Push/Pull this oval up. This way you can create an oval using a corner handle. 1. corner handles cause uniform scaling in two directions . 5. You can also use Scale to mirror objects. Hover over a side handle. 4. in effect. If the number of copies is too high or low. or click-move-click. 6. Drag. Undo again. Select the polygon and press Enter. Using Shift toggles between uniform and non-uniform scaling. This is a handy way to create an oval from a circle. if you use Shift on a side handle. or select the objects from within Scale. while keeping Shift pressed. The side handles (as opposed to corner handles) are used to scale the geometry in one 8. (Like the other tools. Select the top face and then activate Scale. Moving this handle will scale relative to the opposite side handle. Similarly. By default. 3. Type something like 3x. telling you what kind of scaling it will do. A tool tip appears on each handle. relative to other geometry.the circle remains a circle. with eight drag handles. Undo. and hover on one of the corner handles. type a different value (like 4x). this side handle.) 51 . Drag the same corner handle. As with Move.The Basics 5. Move this handle to resize. and from what point. direction.that is. then press Enter. Activate Scale (Tools / Scale. to create a total of three copies (four total columns). the scaling would be uniform. 6. Scale Use Scale to resize or stretch selected faces. Draw a multi-segmented polygon (not a circle) in the red-green plane. Windows users can either select the objects and then activate Scale. turning them inside-out. 7. By default. you can change the number of copies by entering a value. 2.

5. 11. This is how to give a form a draft angle. The reason the entire model was affected by the scaling of any two faces is that the top and bottom objects are single objects (scaled polygons). The entire model scales with these faces.0. and press Ctrl/Option. right-click on both the top and bottom edges of this form and select Explode Curves. Select the two front faces and activate Scale. and note that the scaling snaps to whole values (1. Look at the VCB. 14. Undo to return to the model before you did any 3D scaling. Rather than scaling from the opposite handle. you are now scaling relative to the center of the face. Drag the corner handle while keeping Ctrl/Option pressed. When scaling. sides. and bounding box faces. Try dragging different handles to see how the entire model adjusts. 13. So far we’ve scaled only in 2D. Mac: Objects must be selected before Scale can be activated. to scale the face outward from the center.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 9. Hover on one of the corner handles. etc. 2. 10. Now there are 26 handles . NOTE: If you press Ctrl/Option and Shift together on this face. Drag back toward the center using Ctrl/Option.) and half values. you can scale non-uniformly about the center. 12. 52 . Release the handle when the scale is 0. single objects keep their basic form. 15.corners.0. Scaling in 3D works the same way. Drag the handle at the center of the front of the bounding box outward from the model. To change this behavior.

Now when you scale the same faces as before. select the entire form. Drag the top of the bounding box upward. 1. TIP: You can make use of components. and press Enter. 2. in addition to the faces immediately adjacent to them. Start with a form like this. Scaling can also be used for mirroring. 53 . 18. reflecting the axes in which the original form was created. Select the top face of this small box and activate Scale. the Scale bounding box reflects the current red-green-blue directions. Note that scaling causes faces to fold automatically.The Basics 16. The form now faces the other direction. Activate Scale. 19. But you might need to scale objects according to a different set of axes. stopping when the VCB reads -1. Fold lines are added to faces that were previously planar. Scaling with the Axis Tool By default. 17. together with the Scale tool. Start dragging the handle at the center of the front of the bounding box.0. You get a 3D bounding box. only these faces change. to make mirrored copies of objects. or turning objects inside out. Drag this handle toward its opposite handle.

Click a point on one of the edges. 54 . 1. 4. Red and green are aligned to the face edges. If you plan to continue working in this file. If you want to start the next exercise in a new file. 4. and move the cursor inward. 3.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. 5. Click to place the offset face inside the original. Start with a form like this. but in this case there is an easier way. right-click on the sloped face and select Align Axes. If the axes are not displayed. Repeat this to create another offset face. Now the scale box is 2D. Offset This tool takes all the edges of a selected face. and blue is normal to it. You could use the Axes tool to change the axes. the axes should be reset or you will get unexpected results when creating new objects. and offsets them. and aligned to the sloped face. Move the axes back to their original location by right-clicking on any axis and selecting Reset. and Push/Pull up the middle face to create a parapet or roof railing wall. 6. While Scale is still active. the axes automatically reset. This creates a new face. Select the top face and press Enter. hotkey: O). Use Ctrl/Option and a corner handle to give the box a draft angle. turn them on by selecting View / Axes. or a series of connected edges in the same plane. 2. Activate Offset (Tools / Offset.

5. Select all edges of the doorway. then press Enter and set the offset distance. 3. select View / Axes. The next click defines the red direction. in Windows you can activate Offset. Draw a box with a sloped face. 4. not including its bottom edge. hotkey: X). NOTE: As with most tools. 55 . Note that the two ends of this edge chain remain connected to the bottom edge. 2. 1. Click the lower right corner. 7. Start by locating the origin at the lower left corner. you must select the face / edges first. Activate Offset and create an inner (or outer) doorway shape. Orbit around to the back wall and create an arched doorway.The Basics 5. On the Mac. Axes This tool can move the origin and/or change the orientation of the axes. Push/Pull the doorway face outward and you have a tunnel or covered entry. then activate Offset. We will orient the axes to Face A. then select the face or edges. Offset can also be used on a series of edges. 6. If the axes are not displayed. based in the default red-green plane. rather than an entire face. Activate Axes (Tools / Axes.

if you want feet. TIP: Selecting Place from this menu is equivalent to activating Tools / Axes. 11. You can also move and/or rotate the axes by specified values. and the axes move accordingly. 56 . right-click on any axis and select Reset. The last click defines the green direction. To move the axes back to their original location. For Architectural units. 8. be sure to use the foot symbol. you could use the same method. Enter X and Y Move values. 9. and the blue axis is normal (perpendicular) to it. Right-click on any axis and select Move.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. otherwise inches are assumed. 7. Click OK. The red and green axes are now aligned with Face A. but an easier way is to right-click on Face B and select Align Axes. We’re now back where we started. 10. To align the axes with Face B. Select any point on the top edge of Face A.

Hiding edges does not change the structure of the adjacent faces. Each face remains a separate object. or press hotkey: H. Continue in this manner along the remaining segments until all 16 faces have been created. and selecting Reverse Faces..) NOTE: If any faces appear in the Face Back color. 4. with two vertical. etc. When you are creating curved objects. 2. First we will look at hiding. Right-click on any interior edge and select Hide. such as spheres. 57 . 1. single objects.The Basics Displaying and Smoothing Edges This sections covers ways to show. (You could also right-click and select Hide. hide. The edge disappears. 5. Activate Select and select either face next to the edge. you can change this by selecting them. Create a flat plane. 8-segmented arcs. SketchUp enables you to display and manipulate these objects either as faceted objects. There are two ways to control edge display: hiding and softening. Select a few more edges and hide them by selecting Edit / Hide. 3. Create the first two faces (triangulate the surface) by adding a diagonal line. right-clicking. or as smooth. Use Line to connect the first set of arc endpoints. cylinders. and soften edges of curved objects.

To see the edges that were hidden. Use this method to hide interior and exterior edges along one side of the arc. The edges that were hidden are invisible. Right-click an edge and select Soften. Even if you orbit the model. 58 . You can click individual edges or press and drag over the edges you want to hide. select Edit / Unhide / All. 9. you will not see these edges. 12. 8. Hidden edges appear as dotted (not dashed) lines. Blank the hidden edges again (F4). right-click it and select Unhide. To display all hidden edges. select View / Hidden Geometry (hotkey: F4). For another easy way to hide edges. Turn on Hidden Line display (hotkey: F6). 11. This means that profile lines may be hidden. but can be used for smoothing as well. Unlike softened edges (as we will see later). no matter how you orbit the model. and you can see the edge you made visible. activate Erase and press Shift.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. hidden edges are always hidden. To redisplay a hidden edge. 10. Return to Shaded mode. its profile lines are hidden. 7. Softening edges is similar to hiding them.

You can also soften a group of selected edges. But in contrast to hiding the edge. The edge is invisible. 15. 59 . It still acts as one face. Deselect the Smooth normals option. the arc face looks smooth. Now this face can be selected and manipulated as one face . (You can also display this window by selecting Window / Soften Edges. all the edges will be softened. Move the slider from 0 degrees to the other end (180 degrees) to see how the edges disappear. Verify this by using Select. but the face now looks faceted.. Select all the remaining edges of the arc face. no edges are softened. a softened edge joins the adjacent faces into one face. The edges are still hidden. The Soften Edges window has a slider that you can use to control which edges are softened. When Smooth normals is checked. At a certain angle. When Angle Between Normals is zero. because this option only controls appearance.it is no longer faceted. smooth face. right-click on one of the selected edges and select Soften/Smooth Edges. 16.The Basics 13. activate Erase and press Ctrl/Option. resulting in one. 14. the resulting faces lose their faceted look. 17. however. Note that in the area where the edges are softened.) 18. To soften several edges.

this softens any interior. You can orbit the model and always see the profile lines. This would not be possible to do if the softened edges weren’t displayed. Draw a few lines between the midpoints of these edges. and select Soften/Smooth Edges. Display the softened edges by pressing F4 or View / Hidden Geometry.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 19.select them all. 23. coplanar edges 21. right-click. The remaining edges lie within existing faces (even though you can’t see the faces themselves). 60 . Unlike hidden edges. Make sure Soften coplanar is checked . Softened edges are shown as dashed lines. Return to Shaded display. and erase the window cutout. Blank the softened edges (F4). as opposed to hidden edges which are dotted. softened edges are always visible in profile. 22. 20. Turn on Hidden Line display (F6). Draw three more lines to create a small window in one of the faces. You can soften these edges as well .

61 . 26. Hold and drag the cursor over a few edges. 25. To unsoften specific edges. and make sure the slider is set back to zero degrees. Activate Erase. Display the Component Browser (Window / Components. Try it Yourself Start with a sphere component and explode it. Manipulate the hidden edges so that you can delete the lower half. Click anywhere in the drawing to place the sphere. and press both Shift and Ctrl/Option. then right-click on an edge that is still softened. you need to be able to see the edge first.. Softening edges is an extremely useful tool for controlling display and changing the object face structure. Right-click and select Select/Smooth Edges. Select Unsoften. which become highlighted. Open the Shapes category and click one of the spheres. select them all using the selection window you used before. To unsoften all edges. You can unsoften the edges to get facets.The Basics 24. Displaying hidden geometry (F4) will show you how this object is actually constructed. You can unsoften edges that you cannot see. Press F4. then pull down the base to get this result. hotkey: Shift + C).

1. For the next object. hotkey: T). Type something like “Proposed Museum” and press Enter twice to 62 . 6. Before creating text. For the font and color. For the first text object. Click a second point to determine the location of the start point of the text. 2. we will set the type of text to be used. complete the text.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Annotation Tools SketchUp provides two ways to add descriptions to your model: text and dimensions. By default. click anywhere in the blank space in front of the building. Activate Text (Tools / Text. 3. (Pressing Enter twice also works. Start with a building like this: 5. but this can be changed. you are creating a leader. use whatever you like. Text Text can be placed in your model in two ways: attached to geometry or “floating” in space. and End Point is set to Closed Arrow.) 4. click the face shown. (Pressing Enter only once starts a new line of text. in the selected font and color.) The text now appears as one line. When you first click a surface or edge (as opposed to blank space). and make sure Leader is set to View Based. Open the Model Info window to the Text page. You can now overwrite the area text. Type “East Wing” and click outside the text area to complete the text. the area of the face is listed as the text.

9. This setting affects text drawn from now on . Overwrite the text with something like “Optional Roof Deck. (There are ways to change existing text. change Leader to View-based. In the Entity Info window. 11. right-click on the “8:12” text and select Entity Info. 12. click on the sloped roof face shown. you will get a hidden leader.) Now the text has a leader. Then double-click where you want the text. The default text for edges is the measured length. To display the leader for this text. as we’ll see. Overwrite the area with “8:12 Roof” and press Enter. If you orbit so that any leader line is hidden.it doesn’t change what’s already there. The type of text we’ve been using is view-based.) 8. You can also fix a leader to an edge. the entire text object disappears. 63 . meaning that it always tries to maintain its orientation relative to where it was originally placed. 10. if you double-click the text location. For the next text object. Open the Model Info and change the Leader to Pushpin and the End point to Dot.The Basics 7.” (Like with a face. This creates text with a hidden leader.

you can also change a text object’s type. view-based text is appropriate for presenting still shots from certain angles. 16. While you are in Text mode. To see the difference between view-based and pushpin text. This type of text should be moved using axis direction inferences. 18.” Click outside the text area to implement the change. Add the two objects shown below to the other wing. 64 . 17. but pushpin text remains visible even when text and/or leaders are partially hidden. You can also edit text. Pushpin text is good for overall studies and plans. you can move any text object. TIP: Another way to change text is to right-click on a text object and select Edit Text (Mac: Edit). View-based text disappears when its leader line is hidden. Double-click on “8:12 Roof” and change it to “6:12. In addition to moving and editing existing text. 14. Because of these differences. orbit the model to partially hide the west wing. then click again to relocate it. in which you don’t want irrelevant text cluttering the view. One is the Model Info window: choose Pushpin and Open Arrow. Then click Update Selected Text. 15. Activate Select and select two of the view-based text objects from the east wing.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 13. There are two ways to change these objects. Note the different leader end point. in which you want all text available at all times. so that you don’t inadvertently move it to another plane. Click on “West Wing” once.

TIP: As you probably figured out. which can be changed using the methods you’ve already seen. so that no leader is attached. 19. 22. 65 .” then press Enter and type “Facade. This way you can also see how many objects are selected. Do the same for the “West Wing” face. Push/Pull the south facade forward.” This creates two separate text lines. Activate Text again. you can also change its leader type or arrow by right-clicking on it and selecting Leader or Arrow. 21. To verify this. Either way. as you’ve seen. you can change all text objects by using the Select All Text button in the Model Info. both the text and leader move. Type “South. To verify that these are now pushpin objects. and double-click on the front center face. the selected objects now have open arrow leader end points. both of its text objects (“South Facade” and “Optional Roof Deck”) move with it. 20. Text objects that are anchored to faces or edges “stick” to those faces when they are moved. Press Enter twice to finish. This type of text object has a “hidden” leader line. orbit around and note that they do not disappear when their leaders are hidden. You can also create text directly on a face or edge.The Basics The other way you can change objects is via the Entity Info window. NOTE: For a single text object.

1. by selecting the two points shown. Create the next dimension from the right wall to the arc face. Open the Model Info to the Units page and select Decimal 66 . so that the dimension will have one decimal point. 2. dimensions in Millimeters. Creating Dimensions This section focuses on ways to create and place dimensions. The dimension text should now reflect the new unit settings. The dimension is listed in whatever units are currently set (shown above in Architectural). Then move the mouse in front of the building and click to place the dimension text.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Dimensions You can add dimensions to your model to show exact measurements. Dimension display and properties will be covered in the next section.0. so that the “mm” will not be displayed on every dimension. Leave enough room for more dimensions closer to the building. Activate Dimension (Tools Dimension). The first dimension will be created between two points. 3. Deselect Display units format. Select the points shown below. Now to add some dimensions to this form. Use a Precision of 0. Start with a form like this. 5. 4.

you can move existing dimensions.The Basics 6. TIP: You could also use the Move tool to do this. 7. aligning it with the previous dimension. While Dimension is still active. Select the two dimensions shown below. (Or select Edit / Hide. 8. and press H to hide them. When locating this dimension. 10. Create a similar dimension on the other side of the arc face. copied. Create the vertical dimension the same way. use the dotted inference line to align it with the corresponding dimension on the other side. You can also dimension an edge with two clicks. and hidden like other objects.) 67 . rotated. Drag all dimensions closer to the building. 9. Click the edge shown. and pull the dimension to the side of the building. Dimensions are objects that can be moved. or right-click and select Hide.

first display hidden geometry. 16. 12. Open the Model Info to the Dimension page. then turn off hidden geometry. 14. and check Hide when foreshortened. dimensions oblique to the viewing plane are hidden. Open the Model Info window to the Dimension page. Orbit to a more vertical view. 15.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 11. 68 . To dimension the arc face. With this setting. Dimension the upper arc the same way. Click on one of the dashed line at the center of the face. The model is starting to look cluttered. If the “R” prefix does not appear with the radius dimension. The dimension now has the prefix. and the dimensions on the red-green plane will disappear. you can attach it. and check Show radius/diam prefix. 13. TIP: You can use the slider on the Dimensions page to control the angle at which dimensions will disappear. so it’s a good idea now to modify the display. click it and click again to place the dimension. To dimension the lower arc.

Click the dimension on the chamfered corner and move the mouse so that it is aligned with the front edge dimension. 19. with a “DIA” prefix. 23. click on two center points of the cylinders at the top. Move the cursor down and click to create a vertical dimension . then place the dimension. and selecting Radius. 69 . Next. 18. create a parallel dimension along the chamfered corner.The Basics 17. 20. By default. In addition to dimensioning in the red. and blue directions. you can still change its orientation. Change this diameter to a radial one. selecting Type. you can also create parallel dimensions. Move the cursor in a perpendicular direction away from the selected edge. 24. by right-clicking on it. the parallel dimension inference line is magenta.one that is more likely to appear in a drawing. Do not click to create this dimension. Once a dimension is created. green. For the next dimension. click the edge. circles are assigned diameter dimensions. Use the same edge to create a horizontal dimension between the midpoints of the upper and lower arcs. 22. 21. To dimension the circle itself.

that this affects all radial and diameter dimensions. 27. Open the Dimension page again and deselect Show Radius/Diam Prefix. As you would expect. so be careful when changing this option.) Type “Radius <> Typ. but its leader lines update. however. 25. which is no longer needed. You can add prefixes and suffixes to dimensions without changing their numerical value. Note also that the dimension between the cylinder center points does not change. changes to the model cause dimensions to update. (You can also right-click on it and select Edit Text. This method can be used on both arcs and circles. select one of its hidden edges (F4) and move the cursor to the side to create the dimension. double-click on it. To edit the dimension. The dimension text now contains the extra text. The “R” symbol is now gone. But the “R” symbol is still there.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The dimension now has the “R” prefix. while in Dimension or Select mode.” The angle brackets are placeholders for the dimension value . Note. Push/Pull up the circle whose height you just dimensioned to see this dimension update.the number will remain intact. 28. located in between the suffix and prefix. 26. 70 . To dimension the height of the cylinders.

This is typical of most CAD programs. To change this. so far the dimensions have been aligned so that you can always view them facing you. open the Dimension page and check Align to Dimension Line. We will continue with the same model. Change the alignment to Above. Each dimension is now aligned to the plane in which it lies. 1. 71 . Use Measure or Scale to change the scale of the entire model. The dimensions are now located above the dimension lines.The Basics 29. By default. Erase or hide all dimensions except those shown. but can be a bit hard to read unless you are directly facing the dimension. 4. Dimension Display and Properties Some display options and dimension properties were covered in the previous section. All the dimensions will update. but this section will cover the rest. and change the Arrow Heads to Dot. no matter the orientation of the model. 2. 3. and set alignment to Centered. Change back to Horizontal on Screen.

it remains how it was edited. and end in dots at the witness lines. Set a color that is easily visible. To change this. The dimensions are now more accurate. appear in the “problem” color. Open the Units page and increase the Precision to several decimal places. any dimensions that are not accurate to the specified precision will now have a tilda (~) symbol. Double-click the dimension shown and type in a different number. This dimension is no longer numerically accurate. You would also see the “problem” color if you changed the dimension to text. The edited dimension does not change. or added a prefix or suffix without using the “<>” format described in the previous section. This indicates that the dimension itself is still valid. such as red.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The dimensions are all aligned to the viewing plane. In addition. To remove the tilda symbols. however. open the Dimension page again and check Highlight non-associated dimensions. We will now explore dimension overrides. only the number is wrong. 5. we cannot tell if there are any problems with dimensions. and not the witness lines. 72 . Now the dimension you edited will appear in the “problem” color. With the current settings. you can always increase the precision. such as overridden numbers. 6. 7. Note that only the edited dimension text itself.

Now change the units to Architectural. Precision = 0”. The dimensions are now in inch-foot. to the correct precision. and press Delete to remove the text. and to scale the entire model accordingly. Back in the Units page. Another way to avoid clutter is to hide dimensions when they get too small to display.” which you would want on actual plans. The zero is now displayed. 11. 12. check Force Display of 0”. This dimension does not include “zero inches.The Basics 8. The dimension now reflects the actual number. rounded to the nearest inch. Use the slider to adjust the display tolerance. 9. and do not check Force Display of 0”. to change the dimension shown to a whole foot value. Use the Measure tool. Double-click it. as described in the previous section. 73 . In the Dimension page check Hide when too small. 10. Most or all of these dimensions will have a tilda symbol since the precision is low. simply delete its text. To remove a dimension override.

you have seen how this tool can be used to label dimensions.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 13. you can label coordinates. and note how dimensions disappear when they are small enough. because you might create dimensions that immediately disappear! To get an edge’s length. since it is no longer clear what they reference. cm). If you make geometric changes. or change units. Y. and it includes the format. 2. Cut a chamfer on the other front corner. The two dimensions that are affected are those that referred to the corner that was eliminated. Z coordinates of the point. and by default it is a label of the X. change the units to display the unit format (i. 3. But what happens when the geometry used to create them disappears? 14. and update with changes to geometry. The witness lines are problematic as well. Drag out the text. and not just the text itself. WARNING: Be careful when using this option. Depending on what start point is selected. These dimensions appear in the “problem” color. the Text tool creates labels. The previous labels do not change. To demonstrate this. and areas. 1. Zoom out on the model. Create another edge label. the text does not update.e. Unlike dimensions. edge lengths. For the first point. 74 . click the edge. select one of the corner points. Start with a form like this and activate Text. Lastly. we have already seen how dimensions are associative to the model. Dimensioning Using the Text Tool If you worked through the Text exercise. which are not associative to the model.

(You may have to zoom in closely to get the On Face constraint. Be sure to click within one of the circle segments. since there are hidden edges and endpoints within this face. relative to this new rectangle. Create a box. 5. 6. 1. Activate Axes (hotkey: X) and create a new set of axes. you can use the Axes tool. from the corner of the rectangle to the closest corner of the box.) 2. Create dimensions. Using the Axis Tool with Dimensions Dimensions are relative to the current axes. 75 . create a rectangle. and turn on the axes display. If you click within a curved face to get its area. and not on one of the segment endpoints. not perpendicular to the previous axes. 3.The Basics 4. In the new system. you will get the area between hidden edges . labeling a circular edge will give you the entire length. 4. However. If you need to create dimensions relative to a different set of axes. Click a face to get its area. Start a new file.not the entire face. Remember to reset the axes.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 76 .

Copy a window to the side face. Moving and copying were covered briefly in the Basics chapter. but this chapter will cover it a bit more in-depth. The copy also cuts out the window. 4. 3. 77 . 8. Push/Pull it in slightly. The cutout is not made because the face alignment of this window has already been broken. Basic Move and Copy This short exercise shows a few ways you can move and copy objects. Move the window back to the front face by dragging one of the outer endpoints (or any point on the front of the window) to the front face.2 Making Multiple Copies 5.) 6. and erase the window face. 1. It no longer makes a cutout. Now move the window by clicking one of the inside endpoints. and placing it on the front face. 2. 7. Create a box with one window. Select the window (all four faces) and move the window outside the boundary of the front face. The window now sticks out of the building. (To make the window. Erase the window face. Resolve the thick-lined rectangle by redrawing any of its lines. to which it aligns and cuts. start with a rectangle. Select the window again and copy it.

) 2. Type a larger spacing and press Enter. the window. what appears here depends on your model. To do that. If you had moved a window to the side face. Look at the VCB to see the delta distance you just used. as would 7. then move. . As long as Move is still active. 7. Verify the height by checking one of the vertical edges in Entity Info. and adjust the box height to meet the construction line. (Of course. 1. 3.) 6. Make it small enough so that several copies can be made in the red direction. If you are using feet and inches. Multiple Linear Copies If you want to make repeated (array) copies. you can easily do this using the Move tool.. you would need to rotate. Use Measure again to create a construction line 10’ above the bottom. (7’6” would also work. you can play with the spacing and number of copies. for a total of 5 windows. . To make more copies. Start out with a new box. it would not have aligned to or cut the face. 5. This creates 4 copies at the same spacing.5’. Use Measure to scale this edge to 20’. 4. and one copy in the blue direction. The copied window moves a bit farther from the original. not moving. 78 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Alignment to faces works only when copying. Draw an arched window. type 4x and press Enter.just type something like 7’6. you do not need a space or dash . Make one copy in the red direction.

Making Multiple Copies

8.

The spacing is too far apart, so type a spacing that will bring the windows closer together. Rather than type in feet and inches, you can also type in decimal feet, like 4.75’.

11. If you need to, adjust the vertical spacing. The second row from the top should be located slightly above the top of the box. The bottom two rows should both be within the face of the box.

9.

There are still too many windows, so type 3* (you can use * or x) to make 4 windows.

12. We will now create another two-story section. Use Offset inward and Push/Pull this new rectangle upward so that it will contain the upper windows. Erase the outer windows in the top 2 rows.

10. Select the 4 windows and use Move to copy them upward (blue direction). Type 3x to create three copies of the row of windows.

13. The upper windows are not flush with the vertical face. Select these 4 windows, and activate Move. Here we will use a double constraint. Click any point on the front of any window. . .

79

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

14. . . . and Shift-lock them along the axis perpendicular to the vertical face.

17. Draw a small circular window at the top left corner of the front face.

15. With Shift pressed, move back to the vertical face, and click when the double constraint is indicated.

18. Select and copy this window anywhere. As long as Move is active, you can specify a relative distance by using angle brackets. Type <3’,0,2’> to make a copy at a 3:2 slope.

16. Resolve each window to this face and cut them out.

NOTE: Distances are entered in order of red, green, and blue directions (as opposed to x, y, z). If your face was in the green-blue plane, you would type <0,3’,2’>.

19. Type 3x to create 3 copies.

20. Change the slope to <3’,0,1’>. Linear array copies are not limited to orthogonal (horizontal or vertical) directions. The remainder of this exercise will focus on sloped copies.

80

Making Multiple Copies

21. Add more windows along this line by typing 5*.

25. Now adjust the first-to-last spacing so that all windows fit within the face, and create 7 windows.

In case you hadn’t already noticed, there is always one copy in the highlighted color. When manipulating numbers of copies and spacing, the highlighted copy is the first copy in the row. 22. When changing the spacing between copies on a slant, the distance is the absolute distance (along the slant) between copies. Try something small like 1.5’.

The window line looks good, and now the roof needs to be adjusted to accommodate it. 26. The slope of the window line is known (1:3), so we can draw a construction line with this slope. Activate Protractor and set a 1:3 construction line from the horizontal edge.

23. In this case, the most useful copy method is probably to set the distance to the last copy and adjust the number of copies in between. Change the spacing to something large like 15’. (There are still 5 copies, but each one is spaced at 15’ so they might not all fit on your screen.)

27. This method is fine for cases in which the slope is known, but let’s assume the slope is not known. Erase the construction line, or undo it with Ctrl/Cmd + Z. 28. Draw a construction line between the lowest endpoints of the two outer circles. Place an offset copy of this construction line at the corner point shown.

24. Enter 4/ to create 4 equal divisions between copies (5 total windows).

29. Move the edge shown by dragging its endpoint to meet the construction line.

81

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

30. To create the remaining window cutouts, you have to resolve each circle to the face by redrawing one of its segments (you may have to zoom in very close to do this).

2.

Use Move with Autofold. to move the center point up (in the blue direction).

31. Use similar steps to make a beam along the roof, and create a copy of the beam above each circular window.

TIP: You can create this shape without using Autofold, if you create all six faces before moving the center point.

In this case, Autofold saves you from the lengthy task of creating 3 extra lines!

3.

Now we’ll use a Boolean subtract function - using one shape to cut volume from another. The cutting shape will be a copy of the original one. First complete the bottom face. Then create a copy of the roof slightly below the original.

Multiple Rotated Copies
There are several ways to make rotated copies of objects. To demonstrate this, we will build a gazebo. 1. Start with the roof - use the Polygon tool to draw a hexagon. Place in the red-green plane, not aligned to either axis. Draw a line connecting two opposite corners, and a line from the midpoint of this bisecting line to any corner.

82

Making Multiple Copies

4.

Edges are not automatically created at face intersections. With the copied form still selected, right-click on any face of it and select Intersect with Model.

6.

The first object to be copied is a window shape in the roof. Use Offset to create a small triangle in one of the roof faces. Select the triangle and activate Rotate. Use Shift-locking to keep the protractor flat and place it at the center. Make the first rotated copy by clicking two adjacent corner points.

This creates the 6 intersection lines we need.

In this example, the rotation angle was known, and appears in the VCB. The angle is 60 degrees, which is 360 divided by 6 faces. You could have entered this value manually, but the reference point method is useful for cases when you do not know the exact angle.

7.

Because five total copies are needed, type 5x (or 5*). To cut openings, use Push/Pull to push one triangle through, and double-click on the 5 other faces.

NOTE: Of course, you could also draw these 6 lines manually.

5.

Now use Erase to delete everything that extends past the bottom of the roof. Erase the center of the bottom face as well, and you now have a roof with some thickness.

83

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

8.

Now onto the base of the gazebo, which will be a set of hexagonal walls. Use Offset, Erase, and Push/Pull as needed to create the base.

12. Now type 6/ to specify 6 divisions between copies. For a 360-degree rotation, this also means 6 copies. Press Enter, and the arch appears (uncut) on each face.

9.

Create an arched opening on one wall. 13. Remove the arch faces.

10. Select the arched doorway. In this case, you should switch to Wireframe to verify what’s selected.

11. Activate the Rotate tool. Set the protractor as before, and create a rotated copy anywhere. You could pick two corner points as before to set the rotation angle as before, but let’s do it another way. Type 360 for a full-circle rotation, and press Enter.

84

4. Use 2 arcs to create a cutout section in one corner of the box.3 Intersect and Follow Me 3. 85 . Move the cursor to the back endpoint shown. . activate Follow Me (Tools / Follow Me). . Basic Follow Me This exercise will show you several ways you can use Follow Me. 5. 1. This is the section that will be used in Follow Me. Then select (click and release) the cutout face as the face to drive along the path. this is called extruding or driving. .a box with an arc form pulled up part-way. Follow Me This tool basically takes a flat face of any shape. First. and drives it along a path. In other CAD applications. . in a few different ways. 2. Start with a form like this . The first way to use this tool is the “real-time” way. then move it along the back of the box.

Don’t leave out Edge 11. Activate Follow Me and click on the section. 7. It might be a little tough to get this point since the cutout shape starts before this point. 86 . Also. Click at this point. Here is the result . Keep the button pressed and move along the path. and the section is removed. the driven section must be connected to the path and must meet it at the path endpoint. try approaching slower or from a different angle. but as you’ve seen. TIP: You can also hold and drag the section all the way around. Move along the opposite edge and back to the point from which you started. the cutout is made. dragging method is great in some cases. The real-time. Try the real-time Follow Me again. it’s not always so easy to pick the path. without releasing the mouse button. When you release the mouse. using the edges shown.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. If you miss it. Undo to restore the top edge of the box. which takes you back to the start point. 8.the cutout is made along the entire path.

activate Follow Me. But with an unusual path like this. Then activate Follow Me and select the section .Intersect and Follow Me 9.the same results as before. Use Select and select all edges along the top (5 edges total). you don’t have to select each edge in advance. 87 .the cutout goes all along the face. With the edges selected. Use Select to select just the top face. 14. it’s an easier way to make sure you get a clean. 12. Undo. Then select the cutout section. 13. Activate Follow Me and use the same cutout section . and pre-select the 11 edges you used before. Undo again. 10. This drives the section around in one step. 11. The next method shows how to set the path ahead of time. Undo. If you plan to drive a section around a face. closed result.

Do not click yet. and select the top face. activate Follow Me. If you want to drive around a face. you can create the cutout on both faces! The Alt/Cmd-face method is convenient. Now we will see how driven sections affect the forms on which they are created. Undo to erase the arc section and draw a small circle at the corner shown. Undo again. 19. With nothing selected. move the mouse to the side face and click. This is the result: NOTE: If you switch back and forth between faces a few times. Select the section. 88 . but only works on sections immediately adjacent to the driven section. press Alt/Cmd. With Alt/Cmd still pressed. 18. Undo and use the face-select method with a side face. you don’t have to pre-select it. 16. 17.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 15. Use Follow Me to drive it around the top.

Now the section has dragged the walls out with it. you can see the quarter-circle section sticking into the room. 21. with no part inside the building. 25. Drive this section along the top. Make it a group by selecting Edit / Make Group or using hotkey: G. When using Follow Me on a group. The section to drive is within the group. Undo the last action and select the section face.Intersect and Follow Me 20. So. One way to use Follow Me so that the driven section does not affect the form on which it sits is to use groups. Now erase or hide one of the side faces. 89 . so right-click the section and select Edit Group. Undo and create a section like this. you need to pre-select the path. 22. 23. 24. Because the circle section was partially inside the building. select the top face or select its edges. Activate Follow Me.

Right-click outside the group and select Close Group. 28. the path does not have to touch the section. Use the bottom face for the path (be sure this face is not subdivided by any edges) and drive the moat section around. the intersections between the straight and curved portions are not clean. we’ll create a moat around the building (a very useful thing no doubt).the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 26. Within the group. As an example. 27. but if you look inside. 90 . With this result. the section is driven around the top. If you pre-select the path. Select the face. 29. you’ll see that the vertical walls of the room remain unchanged. The top looks like it did before. Create a rectangular section with an arc cutout.

Offset the bottom face to the moat section’s midpoint. 32. the offset edges should actually extend to the far edge of the section. though still not quite perfect. Here’s the problem . but in this case the results are fine. You may get a warning message that the path does not meet a corner of the section. To get perfect results here. 31. The intersections are cleaner. and heal the face. Extend the lines to meet the arc segments.Intersect and Follow Me 30. Now use the edges of this face for the moat section.the intersections here are not clean. undo the last action. 91 . To find out why.

1.) Assign any name and be sure that Replaced selected is checked. This cuts material from the top of the box. 4. like it would as a group. with the advantage that you can reuse sections repeatedly. 92 . and doesn’t create a molding inside the box. 2.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Follow Me with Components The previous exercise showed how you can avoid “stickiness” with Follow Me by using groups. and select the molding face. The section now has a bounding box. which contains the molding section you just created. A good example is the use of moldings. If the Component Browser is not open. Start with a box with a molding section like this: 3. Use Follow Me on this section along the top of the box. Make it a component by using the icon or selecting Edit / Make Component. (Or right-click on the section and select Make Component. The browser opens to the In Model folder. press Shift + C or select Window / Components. You can also use components for the same effect. Undo.

Right-click outside the molding and select Close Component. 93 . To drive this component around the top of the box. Select the molding face and it proceeds along the top face. Then activate Follow Me. Right-click on the component and select Edit Component. but the original molding section would be preserved in the library.) Here is the result from the outside . 8. they should be placed in a component library for easy importing. If you have standard moldings (or other sections) that you use frequently. The edited (3D) molding would still appear in the In Model tab. 9. you can see that the component has changed .Intersect and Follow Me 5. Look up from the bottom .it used to be a 2D section. (You can also click outside the component bounding box. now it is the entire molding. In the browser. 7. first select the top face or the 4 top edges.the box remains closed on top. 6.the molding appears on top of the box walls and ceiling.

Where you place the circle affects the outcome of the extrude. but does not have to touch it. The center point must be aligned with the line. 5. 2. 6. Draw a perpendicular circle of any size at the midpoint of the arc shape line. Draw a circle perpendicular to the arc shape. Make a shape like this. The circle can be any size. Depending on your selection order. To create a hemisphere. Select the circle and activate Follow Me on the arc shape. 1. or lathed. and select the other circle. start with the same arc shape as before. 8. 94 . Select one of the circles.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Round Objects By extruding a face along a circle. The sphere is created. Draw two concentric circles. For another way to create a sphere. activate Follow Me. Activate Follow Me. objects. 3. you would erase a circle outside or inside the sphere.a sphere. as long as its center point is located correctly. Place a perpendicular circle at the corner point shown. Select the circle. you can create rounded. The one you just selected is driven around the first one. start with a half-circle arc closed by a line. to create the hemisphere. 4. then select the arc shape. We’ll start with the most basic round shape . 90-degrees apart. you will have to erase one of them. If the circles are different sizes. 7.

you can see that the start and end faces are not flush. Undo. Use Follow Me along the 180-degree arc. So. and this is the result. but it’ll be closer. If you look closely. 11. Another way is to use the “slice and copy” method.Intersect and Follow Me 9. Here’s a funny aspect of Follow Me. Change the circle to a semi-circle. This will give you the exact shape you want. Use this circle to extrude the shape. but takes a bit more work. and move the circle to this corner point. 95 . Undo. then extrude it manually along the arc. 13. The disadvantage is that more segments make for a more complex. model. 12. shown in X-Ray mode (F9). and after that the extrusion is curved. Activate Follow Me and select the face. 10. you can try an arc with many more segments. To remedy this. You’ll still get an extrusion that’s not exactly 180 degrees. The rectangular cutout is in the center of the object. and therefore slower. The extrusion this time has the rectangular cutout on the outside and the curved portion on the inside.the face is Push/Pull’d along the first arc segment. arcs don’t always give you the results you’d expect. and make sure nothing is selected. This is shown in the exercise "Domed Apse" on page 247. Now you can see the problem .

(You can also find Intersect with Model on the Edit menu. 1. and make a wall from the arc. delete the portions of the freeform body that extend past the arc wall on either side. The result is a solid arc wall with a solid cutout. Now erase the faces inside these edges. Use Arc and Offset to make a shape like this.) Embossing is similar. intersecting. Pull the shape back. Place a construction point at the arc center. 7. 5. Select the freeform body and make a few rotated copies around the arc center. on both sides of the arc wall. right-click and select Intersect with Model. 96 . 2. To find the intersection edges. select the arc wall (or at least the front and back faces of it).combining. This tool basically enables you to perform solid Boolean functions . and/or subtracting one solid from another. Use Undo to return to the step before the intersection edges were created. 3.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Intersect with Model These easy exercises are a good introduction to Intersect with Model. Cutting and Embossing This exercise shows how you can use Intersect with Model to create the edges needed to make cutouts. Orbit to face the front of the arc face. 4. centered around the construction center point. To verify that these edges were created. and use Freeform to create a shape like this. Switch to X-Ray mode (F9) and Push/Pull the freeform body so that it stops inside the wall. 6.

The intersection edges are only needed on the outer face of the arc wall. Erase as needed to get an embossed effect. make it into a group. but uses an arch form to create intersecting cutouts. Recreate and erase edges as needed (sometimes easiest to do in X-Ray or Wireframe mode). Now we need to move the cutout all the way through the box. and with the arch still selected. Try selecting it and moving it as is . Arch Cutouts Using Groups This exercise is similar to the previous project. (Rotating is easy when you display hidden geometry.Intersect and Follow Me 8. Undo the move. Push/Pull this arch out. Now that the arch is no longer “sticky.selection windows are very helpful for this. Here are some guidelines: 1. 1.) Use Scale to make one archway taller.” you can move it into the box. 2.it can only move side-to-side. Delete everything in the openings . The result is a vaulted ceiling. NOTE: You could move it into the box using Autofold. and add a dividing line to separate it from the box. and use Intersect with Model to get the intersection edges. 2. Project: Intersecting Arches This project is pretty straightforward . Right-click on this face and select Intersect with Model. 97 . 3.intersecting two arches that meet at a 90-degree angle. Draw a box with a keyhole-shaped archway on one side. Start with one arch form and rotate-copy it 90-degrees about the midpoint. but this would push in the side of the box as well! 3.

7.) 98 . groups must be exploded before creating intersections. Run Intersect with Model and erase the arch groups and arch faces on the box. (This is also true for components. 6. right-click and select Explode.you should be able to snap to that point. and erase and clean up to get an arcade. Because the cutouts were grouped. Run Intersect again. To solve this. no part of them remains inside the box when they are deleted. Then move the cursor to where they should intersect on the top face of the box . Make a 90-degree rotated copy of the group. 5.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. Select both groups. How to get the center of rotation? Hover over midpoints of two adjacent edges of the box. Undo until you return to the step in which you had two arch groups.

Use cutout groups. Select the box and make it a component. tall box that can be used to cut grill holes. Assign any name. so that it stops in the hollow space. 4. TIP: You could smooth the long. Basically. and intersect them. This will be the grill form that will have several cutouts made. 3. and are used when you have objects you want to use repeatedly. components work just like groups. using lines and arcs. Cutting Using Components This exercise shows how components can be used in conjunction with Intersect with Model. Close the end faces. Offset. It may be easiest to do this in X-Ray mode (F9). lateral edges by using Ctrl/Option + Erase. There will be a bit more cleanup than the previous four-sided case. 2. and be sure that Replace selected is checked. explode them. Create a form like this. and Push/Pull.Intersect and Follow Me Try it Yourself Use the method described above to create a six-sided arcade. Create a narrow. Position the cutter component within the grill. 99 . 1. rotate-copy them.

The edges where it meets the grill are created. you can’t do it yet . Select the entire component and perform an intersection. 7. or right-click and select Close Component. check Hide for both components and the rest of the model. You should have 4 faces.the grill faces are not yet broken. The easiest way to edit this component is to blank everything else. Close the component by double-clicking outside it. 9. 10. Make several copies of the component. If you try selecting and deleting the interior faces. 100 . 8. Trim the cutter on either side of these edges. On the Components page of the Model Info window.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 5. and open one of the components for editing (double-click on a component to edit it). representing where the cutter meets the front of the hollow grill “shell.” 6.

you can erase and recreate the needed edges. Hiding Intersection Edges with Components This exercise is a neat work-around to the problem of model intersection. 12. 101 . 3. Select the middle edge and use Move with Autofold to move it up. you would have to explode each component. 2. Divide the front or back top edge into three segments. 1. Open the Shapes category and click one of the spheres. To break the face.Intersect and Follow Me 11. The next exercise provides a workaround for this. To do the same thing with a solid. Start with a short rectangular box. Now you can delete the cutout faces. Display the Component Browser (Window / Components. in which you cannot find edges on a component when its intersecting face has already been cut. and not a full solid. you to use the components as cutters. Select all of the components and run Intersect with Model again. We will add skylights to this sloped roof. (If your model does not look like this. hotkey: Shift + C).) This works because the grill is a hollow shell.

but these are just where the sphere intersects with the other spheres. 102 . This should be the result: no intersection edges visible and the components are still in place. Use Scale and Move to place it and make two copies of it along the sloped face. The intersection edge with the “whole” roof face is created this time. no edges are created where the sphere meets it. or an entire component. Because the top roof face has already been cut. Some edges are created. 7. The easiest way to do this is to keep Ctrl/Option pressed and use several left-to-right selection windows. 8. Run Intersect on the sloped face to create cutting edges. Undo this intersection and close the component. With all edges selected. . Drag the sphere to the sloped face. select it. however! The roof face has to appear whole. 9. 5. press H or right-click and select Hide. Here is the crucial step: select and Hide (do not erase) all the intersection edges. Erase everything but the face that represents the skylight. Be sure not to create any selection window that would enclose an entire cutout face.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. Now edit one of the spheres and do an intersection. and perform an intersection. Now edit one of the sphere components. Do not hide the cutout faces. 6.

To make this realistic.Intersect and Follow Me 10. Then click the skylight face to apply the glass material. Then hide the skylights. 11. Display the intersection edges you hid before (Edit Unhide / All). Close the component. Then unhide the skylights. What remains are those edges you hid before. In the Library. 103 . Now you can see through the glass into the model. 12. 13. open the Transparent category and click one of the glass thumbnails. The skylights appear on the roof. Erase the cutout faces. but you cannot see through them because the roof face is still whole. open the Material Browser (Window / Material Browser).

and 6. which you’ll find are very often used in conjunction with each other. One type of molding will be used for Edges 1. Use Follow Me to create two different moldings. Use Follow Me to drive the first molding section along half the roof. 104 . 1. 3. 4. and another one for Edges 4. Extend the edges and draw two rectangular faces of the same depth. and 3. Draw a form like this. 2.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Combining Follow Me and Intersect with Model These exercises use both tools.2. Use arcs and lines to make one molding section like this: Project: Intersecting Moldings This project represents something you’d probably never actually design. 5. These will be used as the bases of the two moldings. but it’s useful to know how to handle objects that intersect. then use Intersect with Model to create the intersection edges. 5. Make the other molding different.

or work in X-Ray mode. For the interior corner. Here is the house with the 2 different. 1. and use Intersect with Model to make the cutout.Creating a Wall Niche Use Follow Me to create a rotated form to use as a cutout. 7.. you can hide the top face of the house and work from the inside. 105 .Intersect and Follow Me 6. Clean both molding intersections using Intersect with Model. then deleting overhangs. Make the cutout using an arch shape. Project . but cleaning up will be easy. place a vertical construction line at the center point. Now drive the other molding section along the rest. driving it around a circle using Follow Me. Looks rather messy. the interior corner should also look clean. To easily find its center later. overlapping moldings. Viewed from the outside.

using Intersect with Model. and use the cutout’s construction line to move the cutout halfway into the box. Start with the faucet base section. It will help later if you add a construction line where the center of the faucet will be. The rest should be easy.a different look altogether. The drive the cross-section around a circle. 3. Now for the faucet handles . 2. In Front view. along with components to create a faucet. use lines and tangent arcs to draw the outline of the faucet cross-section. Be creative. different handles. There are some loose guidelines laid out below. 106 . 1. Start with a half-section like this . Create a box. different number of handles . Your faucet can use a different base.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 2.Creating a Faucet Use the Intersect and Follow Me tools. . .each one will be a component. Try it Yourself Create a niche using a different cross-section. Project .

The faucet body has already been cut at the intersection. 8.nothing happens. and drive it around a circle Place a construction point at its center. Move the handles into place. 6. Unhide everything and edit a handle. it will help later with placement. .skp. Then you could get intersection edges on the handle! 107 . NOTE: If you did the exercise "Hiding Intersection Edges with Components" on page 101. and will need to jump back a few times to the faucet as it is now. Hide two of the handles and run Intersect with Model on the base. The handles overlap at the middle. Save the file. 4.Intersect and Follow Me 3. 7. naming it something like faucet.hiding intersection edges first. . so use Intersect with Model to trim them. We will look at a few ways to create intersection edges. 5. 9. Try performing an Intersect on the handle. The result . so there is no actual intersection anymore. Hide the other 2 handles and erase the circular cutout faces. you know there is a workaround to this . Make the handle a component and make a few rotated copies. .

the intersection edges do not appear. This time run Intersect on a handle to see where it meets the base. 108 . Erase everything on the other side of these edges and close the component. The intersection edges are created on the handles as well. Go back to the saved version of the file . 12. 14. Verify this by editing one of the handles . Hide the handles to see the intersection edges. Unhide.there should be no intersections. these edges are not part of the handle components themselves.and intersect everything.body plus 4 handles . and now hide the body. Revert to the saved file once again. 15. they are separate entities. However.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 10. 13. Now select everything . 11.

18. 21. Edit one of the handles and intersect it with the model to get the edges along the faucet body. We will now shorten the handle so that it just barely sticks into the faucet body. Then trim the handle on the other side of the circle (and erase the circle itself). This is most easily done in X-Ray or Wireframe mode. 109 . 17. Now we will see how to create the faucet body as a solid (not a shell). Select the circle and handle and perform an intersection.e. Use the construction point to draw a circle in the blue direction. you need to Explode it first. Now the handle can be trimmed. Finally. Return one last time to the saved file. If you want to trim the handle by these edges. 22. since you will move them back down later. Now select all 4 handles and copy them straight up at a known distance (i. 20. 19. erase the intersection edges you created when you first edited the handle. Move this circle so that it intersects the handle somewhere between the end and the intersection edges. type in 3’) Remember the distance. with solid cutouts for the handles.Intersect and Follow Me 16. Close the handle.

We want to keep a portion of each handle.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 23. The faucet body itself is still a solid. 25. 110 . What remains are solid cutouts you could use to insert the handles. Now explode each of the original handles. Trim away the parts of the handles that protrude from the body and erase the circular faces on the base. 24. which will not work if the handles remain as components. Now you can move the copied handle components back down. and you have 5 solid pieces. making it more realistic than the shell we’ve seen before in this exercise. Select the faucet and all 4 exploded handles. and intersect them.

and complete the dormer form with lines along the roof. and draw a line to break the side face. constraining it to the axis in the ridge direction. Sometimes the most difficult aspect of building design can be roofs. 111 . This chapter contains a few simple exercises to show you how simple roof design can be once you’re familiar with the SketchUp interface. 5. use Move to move the roof faces down. Use axis and point inferences to draw the front. This is a double constraint. vertical face of the dormer. Move the ridge endpoint back. Then drag a line from the top point straight back toward the roof. 4. Release the mouse when you hit the roof face.4 Working with Roofs 3. Create a basic house form. To get the proportions of your house to match this. It should be small enough so that you can fit three of them along the long side of the roof. 2. Simple Roof and Dormers This exercise will show you how to create this: The next step is to create a simple dormer. Draw the two lower horizontal lines the same way. 1.

Copies are automatically aligned to their destination face. This dormer might not be exactly vertical. But you get the idea . This is how the dormer should look from inside (hide the side of the face to peek in). Move the dormers straight back toward the roof (along the axis again). You’ll also have to erase the section of the roof face within the dormer. Select the entire dormer and make a few copies. 112 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. 9. (In addition to Move. Now copy the three dormers straight back. you also use Ctrl+C (Cmd+C) to copy and Ctrl+V (Cmd+V) to paste. 10.the cutout is still made.) 8. The final result . and the dormer is still perpendicular to the face. Complete the dormer by creating two pushed-in windows and erasing faces. depending on the slope you used. 7. stopping when you get to the face. Place another copy on the sloped gable. 11.” using a scale value of -1. Use Scale on the three copied dormers to turn them “inside out.a simple house with 7 dormers.

4. until you’re back at the simple building form with no offsets. Add some approximate ridge lines for a sloped roof and raise them up using Move with Autofold. Add a larger. Now offset the six edges shown. Heal the top face by erasing the extra lines. 2. Erase these small vertical lines in Wireframe display. 113 . Pull the offset face and the top of the building up. This is useful for creating parapets and overhanging roofs. Note that you can still see a few dots on the top face . Push/Pull the offset face upward to create a parapet wall.these are the ends of vertical lines that can be seen in wireframe.Working with Roofs Using Offset for Roofs This simple exercise will demonstrate how to use the Offset tool. 6. 7. Start with a form like this and use Offset to offset the top face. 5. 3. L-shaped form behind it. The offset lines still touch the adjacent building Offset correctly constrains all endpoints. 1. Undo what you’ve done so far.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Project: Resolving Sloping Roofs This exercise will show you how to create one roof for the entire house. 2. Align the protractor with Face A and align the reference line along C-F. which is larger than Width C. Draw the basic form. since it’s complex and there is an easier tool to use (Follow Me). Save this model as House. we will want to raise all ridge lines together to the level of an 8:12 slope for the main roof (H-E). we need to first create an 8:12 construction line along a face that is perpendicular to H-E. Use Protractor to draw a construction line starting at Point C. using parallel and perpendicular constraints to give both wings 90-degree corners. Make Width A larger than Width B. and the other two roofs will be adjusted to it. and type 8:12. But it’s a great way to practice using double constraints. it will be used to create the construction line. The construction line will then be moved to an appropriate location for raising the roof ridge into place. The slope we want to use for all roofs is 8:12. Move the construction line in the red direction from Point D. not below. line C-F). The roof of the main section (between H and E) will be established at this slope first. This is so the slope of the roof will be aligned properly with the center section of the house. On the house form. to the point where it intersects Line B-E. slope. 4. The following references points will be used: Use the cursor to indicate the direction of the roof angle (above. draw the two valley lines and three ridge lines. To begin. Since Face A is perpendicular to H-E.skp. this ratio is automatically entered in the VCB. Press Enter to create the construction line. 1. Method 1: Set Slope and Double Constraints This method is probably not what you’d use to actually solve this problem. keeping all roof slopes at the same pitch. the construction line needs to be positioned correctly. This form will be used to explore three ways to make a uniformly sloped roof: 3. To raise line H-E to the proper height for an 8:12 114 . Because the ridge lines will be moved upward using Point E.

Now spin the house around so that you can see the intersection area that needs to be resolved. Since we’ll want to refer back to this state of the model later. called RoofIntersections. 7. Now move the outer chevron point to Point F. but you can’t move it as long as the chevron is a single face. 10. The lower point on the chevron apex needs to be moved. which you will continue working in. have different slopes. Use Move to drag the lower middle chevron point to Point E. 8. perpendicular wing. so fill in the missing material.skp. Because the construction line is no longer needed. from either Point A or Point C. save the file as RoofIntersections_before. Draw an 8:12 construction line on Face B. 6. 9. Select all three ridge lines and move them up by Point E until it meets the construction line.skp. Therefore. make another copy of this file. right-click it and select Erase. 115 . divide the chevron by drawing a vertical line at the apex. 13. 12.Working with Roofs 5. however. Now the main section’s roof has an 8:12 pitch. 11. The other two roofs. Because it’s a good rule of thumb to save your model after every few steps. Push/Pull this chevron face back to the valley intersection with the main roof (Point D). We’ll start fixing this by focusing first on the wider. The current pitch is too flat.

Use this double constraint to create the new valley line. 18. draw the line shown. Clean up the rear face by deleting the extra line. Start dragging this point along its ridge line (along an axis) and Shift-lock this direction. click to relocate the chevron point. So draw a line from Point D that is constrained to Face E. This roof is now resolved. 116 . 16. Because it is the rear face of the center roof (Face D) that will be extended to connect with the modified (higher) roof. Now erase all extra lines. Now the slope on the interior corner needs to be readjusted. When the line-face constraint appears. This will place the point at the correct location along the ridge line to generate the same 8:12 slope as Face D. 20. Now place the cursor anywhere along the center ridge line. To complete this corner. Keep pressing Shift. 15. 19. place your cursor anywhere on this face. To do this. 17. you need to create a valley line from Point D that lies at the correct angle on the center roof.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 14. The last (upper) chevron point needs a double constraint to move into the proper position. Press Shift to lock this constraint.

22. Move the top triangle point so that it is constrained to the center roof ridge line (in the red direction). 28. 26. 23. press Shift . 25. . The lower apex point also needs to be moved. as well as the construction line. and needs to be constrained along the diagonal roof ridge line. which will be used to remove material from the roof. . Constrain this point to Face D. Push/Pull the chevron face back to the valley line of the center roof (Point I). 24. This time the roof is too steep. As before. Move the top point of the chevron apex to Point H. Draw another chevron shape as before. to match its slope. 27. Orbit to face this area. create a construction line along this ridge. 117 . Erase the extra line on Face D. This point can be moved freely along the ridge line. . . Therefore. Now the triangular face at the exterior corner is the only one whose slope is not 8:12. locking it to the construction line. Now swing around to face the front of the diagonal wing. You can’t go any further than this point.. but the ridge line can’t be used for a double constraint because it is not parallel to any axis. Create another 8:12 construction line on this face. . and constrain to Face F as well.Working with Roofs 21. Drag the chevron point along the ridge line. draw a vertical line at the chevron apex.

6.skp). Orbit to the other side. This deletes all the faces that will change as well. Replace the front face. 118 . constrained to Face D. Move the roof apex point so that it is along line B-E.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 29. Method 2 . Replace the edges of the center roof. The original center roof ridge line is now too long. 5. 1. Go back to the preliminary file you saved RoofIntersections_before. Erase the extra portion of this line. where the back of the roof needs to be fixed. 3. Push/Pull the triangular face to the end of the house. Now all three roofs have the same slope. First we’ll resolve the wider. because you will use it later. by constraining their endpoints to both the center ridge line and Face A. Erase all the edges you know will change (five total). and use an 8:12 construction line to draw a triangular face. 90-degree wing. 2.skp.Delete and Recreate This method is a slightly faster way to achieve the same results. It will give you some more practice withe double constraints. 4. as you can see in wireframe view. Be sure to save the file (RoofIntersections. Erase all extra lines at this corner.

draw a line from where the diagonal ridge line first meets the center roof face. This replaces the other face of the center roof. but there’s some trimming to do. On the other side. 11.Working with Roofs 7. 10. Erase any extra lines and replace faces to get the resolved corner. Draw a line between the two points shown to extend the ridge line. This replaces one face of the center roof. From Point I. This time it’s too short. 13. That takes care of the perpendicular wing. but the diagonal wing is a bit trickier. draw a line constrained to the center ridge line and the adjacent face. the center ridge line was too long and needed to be trimmed. First. 9. 119 . and place an 8:12 triangle on top of it. 8. Swing around to that side and erase the five edges you know will change. draw a line constrained to the center ridge line and adjacent face. and Push/Pull the triangle to the other side. 14. 12. Replace the front face. to the endpoint of the line you just drew from Point G. From Point G.

Select the triangular roof section. It then becomes clearer which of the remaining edges can then be erased.House. recreate any faces if needed. 1. TIP: Another (easier) way to do the same thing: start with nothing selected and activate Follow Me. It looks like a mess.Roofing with Follow Me This is the easiest method. Make sure it extends past the halfway point of the wing. Method 3 . Start with the initial house form . In these few steps. 5. 4. Then press Alt/Cmd and select the top face of the house. Create the 8:12 construction line.a good bit of cleanup is needed. There are a few little edges that still need to be erased. Use Follow Me to drive the triangular section around the top face. but start erasing the edges you know are overhanging. To make sure there are no extra entities hiding. Select all faces of the roof and run Intersect with Model.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 15. 3. Here is the result . but without all the tedious constraint work. you have created (almost) the same roof as in the previous 2 exercises. 120 .skp. switch to X-Ray mode (hotkey: F9). select all faces above the ridge line and delete them (press the Delete key). 2. The results . As before.all the intersections between the selected faces are now marked by edges. and create a triangular section of the roof. 6. Erase edges and recreate faces as needed to get the resolved roof. To continue with the cleanup.

121 . since it is already parallel to the red and green axes. diagonal wing. it is a convenient place to start for creating overhangs. But to show another feature of SketchUp. we will use the narrow. Here is an example. Open the original form House. Set the axes to match this wing. use Move to fix the ends of the roof ridge lines. It would be easy to create an overhang roof on the large. Try it Yourself Use the Follow Me / Intersect with Model on a similar building. using an ornate roof section. but you can go nuts using use straight or curved sections. To straighten these faces. The only difference between this roof and the double-constraint method roof is that the front roof faces are also sloped. 90-degree wing.skp.Working with Roofs 7.Overhangs Because the model you just created has uniform roof slopes. not vertical. 1. Project .

We don’t need the entire roof created now. You would have had to use some parallel and perpendicular constraints. both methods work equally well. Now Push/Pull the opposite face up. Push/Pull this face to create the overhang. Push/Pull the roof up to give it some thickness. just a face from which we can create the overhang. because this same section will be used for both narrow and wide parts of the house.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 2. Leftover portions will be trimmed later. Create a triangular roof section and Push/Pull it back just a bit. 3. NOTE: You could have created just this face without all the Push/Pull’ing as well. Make sure it goes pretty far. so you can make this section as tall as you want. 5. 6. 4. All we need from this is one rectangular face. 122 .

To make this easier. Then copy the roof section and the construction line anywhere in the blank space. 123 . 11. 8. create a vertical construction line at the midpoint of the diagonal wing. (This is the reason you changed the axes!) Then move the mirrored section to the correct intersection point on the original roof section. As before. so it will need to be copied and mirrored. 10. Clean up the front faces of both wings as well. Use Follow Me to drive the section along one side. Mirror the opposite roof section using Scale. 9. This section will have to be used for the other side as well. Drive this section along the three remaining roof edges. use Intersect with Model to clean up the top of the roof.Working with Roofs 7.

2.. as are the intersections on the underside of the house. 124 .Overhangs with Autofold Here’s an easier and faster way to achieve similar results. To complete the cleanup. switch to X-Ray mode and erase all those little edges that are hidden in regular shaded model Project . Open the saved file RoofIntersections. . 13. This method works when all slopes are already uniform. Select all six roof edges. Copy the edges down slightly. . .all edges on the top are neatly resolved. The results . Use Push/Pull to extend the overhanging roof on both sides. .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 12. 1.skp.

125 . 5. and constrain them to the slope of the adjacent roof face. Now select the six vertical fascias. 6. Release the Alt/Cmd key . but the diagonal ones do. Look at the inside corner .Working with Roofs 3. Push/Pull one of the new faces outward and double-click the remaining faces to extend them out the same distance. We can either fix the corners now or later. You are free to press Shift. Activate Move with Autofold. 4. Click any point along the top edge of one of the fascias.the one that overlaps. Erase all extra lines on the top and underside of the roof. Draw two intersection lines on the top and underside. 7. Move the fascias in the blue direction. The 90-degree corners don’t need to be resolved. so let’s fix one now.Autofold is already activated.

You have now created a continuous overhanging roof using a pretty small number of steps.fixed corner and all.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The other corner is easy to fix. The difference with the result here is that the fascias are all vertical. Here’s the whole house . in the previous exercise the fascias are at right angles to the roof planes. 126 .

A free edge can be moved in two directions. that face acts as one face . • Right-click and select Make Group. select the group and then: • Select Edit / Group / Explode • Press Alt+G. 3. • Right-click and select Explode. 127 . 4.the objects are both stuck to it. An edge along the shared face. and are treated as. To separate the forms. A groups is a set of of objects that act as. You may have noticed the “stickiness” of SketchUp faces stick to one another. To ungroup objects. and why they are useful. Breaking Connected Faces When two objects have a common face. can only be moved within that face. one object. Grouping is easy. 1.5 Groups 2. Introduction to Groups The following short exercises will get you familiar with the concept of groups. The way to make objects independent from one another is to use groups. draw the line shown on the bottom face (if it’s not already there). Select the objects you want to group and do one of the following: • Select Edit / Make Group • Use the hotkey G. Start with two joined forms. however. and objects become embedded in one another. Grouping one or both of the objects breaks this link.

Erase the base. A bounding box appears around all selected objects. 128 . you are restricted to the common face. and the form itself. and the square face was not included in the Push/Pull operation. square column. you can move its edges. 7. Now you can create a circular base with one Push/Pull. The original circle was automatically divided into two faces by the square. Erase the small form. and group the column.) 6. This is very easy to create: take a square column. Draw a circle along the bottom face for a base. If you try moving the smaller form. select the large form and group it (hotkey:G. select these lines and scale them inward. Push/Pull the base down. You cannot disconnect it from the larger form. 3. Now if you create the smaller form along the same common wall. Start with a tapered rectangular column. The base does not stick to the column. draw lines connecting the midpoints of the four vertical lines. right-click and select Make Group). wherever you want. (You can also just use a straight. 2. Disconnecting from Other Objects 1.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 5. select Edit / Make Group.

the whole thing could be selected and manipulated. Because of stickiness between faces. Insert both of these into your drawing. which are explained further in the next chapter. the faces will stick and you won’t be able to move it vertically. 6. and you should be in Move mode. Create a rectangular form. select all visible portions and perform the operation. Groups are also useful for embedded objects.) 1. (If you move the base onto the box first. To erase or move the column and base. Join the components together. Open the Component browser (Window / Components) to the Seating category and locate the two sofa components shown. if you erase or hide the top rectangular face. 129 . However. ensuring that no portions are left out. 5. then move it down into the box.Groups 4. If you had grouped the column and base before embedding it. move the column/base up first. 2. Move the column and base so that it is slightly embedded into the rectangular form. Manipulating Groups For this exercise you will use components. you will see that a portion of the base still remains inside. then position it over the rectangular box.

Insert another straight section. 5. or use Wireframe or X-Ray mode. Then Select all three sections and group them. Right-click on the sofa and select Edit Group. or simply double-click the group. This will prevent future objects from sticking to the walls. 8. or you can choose to hide the rest of the model altogether while editing groups (and components). rectangular room for the furniture and make this room into a group. indicating that anything you do now affects only the group.) 4. you can adjust the fade level. Create an open. We will now add more items to this group. The rest of the model appears faded. Right-click outside the group and select Close Group. TIP: In the Model Info window.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. Components page. (You can also select it and select Edit / Group / Edit Group. attached to the sofa along the longer wall. While still in Move mode. and makes the room easier to copy later. The component is added to the group. 6. (You can also select this from the Edit menu. Insert another sofa section. as you can see by the enlarged bounding box. 7. use the protractor to rotate the component and move it to join the rest of the sofa. If you orbit around. you can pick the lower back corner of the sofa’s bounding box and move it to the corner of the room.) 130 . Move the sofa group into the room. or click anywhere outside the group while in Select mode.

a clock on the wall. scaled. Before closing the group. . which now consists of three objects . copy the room group. and rotated like any other single object. 12. Now we will add a table to the group. . locate TableEnd. Close the group. clock. . Copy the furniture group to the copied room. . add one more object . We now want to copy this group to another room. and then cut it (Ctrl/Option+X or Edit / Cut). This puts the object on the clipboard. and table. Insert this table anywhere in your model . 131 . 16. 10.Groups 9. First. using Move to switch the long and short sides of the floor.sofa. 11. In the Furniture category of components. Open the sofa group for editing and paste in the table (Ctrl/Option+V or Edit / Paste). then edit the copied room. First. 14. Groups can be moved. 15. 13. mirror the group using Scale. The room is not the right size and orientation for this layout.

1. like to the top of the box. rotate the group so that the orientation fits the room. Editing a group is straightforward. you know how to delete objects from a group. Create a nut-and-bolt group and place it in a box. The second case occurs when you explode the group first. The first case is the result of keeping the cutting group and running Intersect with Model. Make this shape a group. 3. but the method is easy and clear. Project . If you want any part of a group to remain after trimming. outside the group. then paste them elsewhere. it must be exploded first! This is a simplified example. and you have two similar rooms. You can also use this method to copy (not cut) objects from a group. Then move the group into the corner.Using Groups for Cutting Use a cutting shape to get both results shown below. Start with a form like this and make a cutting shape that passes all the way through. 2. Edit the group and Cut (don’t erase) the top nut. Unsticking Objects from a Group Sometimes you may create a group that you might later want to break. An example of this could be a group of objects from which you want to remove some objects and place them elsewhere.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 17. 132 . and paste the removed nut somewhere else. Close the group. And a simple cut-and-paste operation enables you to preserve the removed objects and insert them elsewhere. In Move mode.

any elements inside that object that were assigned the default material take on the material of the group or component. Component Files SketchUp comes with many components defined for you. make copies of it. There are 2 setting here related to components. File Size: Using a component multiple times will not increase your file size. it creates a definition within the file. Simplicity: Groups are fast and straightforward to make and use. These are simply groups of *. etc. start in the root directory and go to Library\Application Support\ SketchUp\Components. are usually best inserted and/or saved as components. This is a good way to build efficiency into your model. multiple copies of groups do not refer to any other source. 133 . Components can either exist only within the drawing in which they were created (internal). Groups are simply a collection of geometry that acts as one object.6 Components Materials: When you explode either a group or components. insertion point. doors. you can make a window component.) Multiple groups. or adjust special behaviors. Default Components is where the installed components are stored. or can be exported for use in other drawings (external). on the other hand. In Windows. grouped into categories. All instances of the same component all refer to this definition. Mac: SketchUp / Preferences) to the Files page. that can be reused in a drawing. Many components are provided for you (see "Where to Find More Components" on page 140). Naming / Referencing: Components can be named so that you can reference them again from the Component Browser. open the Preferences (Window / Preferences. you can control this behavior. but this section lists the basic differences between the two. Components Versus Groups Groups and Components are similar. Alignment and Hole Cutting: Both groups and components have options that allow you to align them and 'stick' them to the faces they are placed on. You can also save a component individually as a standalone SketchUp file. having many complex components can slow down performance. They also have the ability to cut holes in faces With components. so editing one component edits all simultaneously. trees. and you can create your own. whereas groups work more automatically. Groups do not have this capability.skp files. but components visually display those axes. Both groups and components store their own set of drawing axes. Mac: To find component files. so each one increases the file size. A component is a collection of objects that works as one unit. 1. Chapter 5 focuses on groups. then group different arrays of copies together. Instancing: When you place a component in your drawing. They don't require you to define a name. To sum up: • Often-used and referenced parts such as windows. The folder you set for Components is where component files will be created when you save them. • You can combine groups and components. because its reference information is only stored once. are all unique. For example. but it's important to understand the differences between the two. (However.

each representing a category of components. The categories reflect the folders in the default Components folder. Open the Component browser (Window / Components. hotkey: Shift + C). 134 . such as Transportation. Open one of the folders. Click the folder icon for Default Components.skp files it contains. see "Mac Components Browser" on page 136. Each of these files is a file that can be opened itself within SketchUp. to see the *. Use your explorer to open the SketchUp 4 / Components folder. There are several folders in this default folder. 4.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 2. Mac: For additional Mac-related information. Component Browser 3. and can be inserted into another file as a component.

Select List View. Simply open the desired category. The third method is the easiest if you are using predefined components. 135 . You can select File / Insert / Component to browse to any *. Click the house icon to open this category. click the arrow to the right of the dropdown menu. You can also access In Model from the dropdown list. When a component has been placed in your model. To change the view from thumbnails to a text list. Similarly. locate the component you want to insert. If you hover over the thumbnail you will see the component name.Components There are three ways to insert a component. it appears in the In Model area of the browser.skp file. you can click the dropdown arrow in the browser to browse to another folder. and drag it (or use click-move-click) to place it into your file.

Similarly.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Mac Components Browser The Mac browser works similarly to the one in Windows. 1. Select File / Insert / Component to browse to any *. with some exceptions. If you hover over the thumbnail you will see the component name. select the category from the dropdown menu and find the thumbnail representing the component you want. As in Windows. and car. The component categories can be accessed from the dropdown menu at the top of the browser. SUV. Inserting and Editing Predefined Components Editing components is a simple procedure. Right-click on either truck and select Edit Component. where all the components currently inserted in the model are listed. 136 . Open the Transportation category and insert a truck. you will see In Model. Switch to List View to see the components listed by name. 2. You can also activate Select and double-click a truck to open it for editing.skp file. which lists all components you’ve inserted into your model. The three components you inserted will appear here. To insert a predefined component. Open the browser by selecting Window / Components. 3. Click the thumbnail. there are three ways to insert a component. 4. We’ll start with predefined components to save you the trouble of creating your own (for now). The house icon takes you directly to In Model. then click to place the component into the model. In addition to the predefined categories. Open In Model. you can click the Load icon at the top of the browser. Insert another truck.

Close the component. This is an important point: you did not change the original component you took from the Transportation category. 9. You only changed the definition of the component in your model. 137 . Right-click outside the component and select Close Component. 5. Only the edited truck was changed. The other truck updates the same way . 8.this is the essence of components: change one and you change them all. Under In Model you can see that a new component was added.it should be larger than the SUV. They will be different sizes. Truck01# 1 is the one you just modified. 6.) 7.Components The opened component appears in a bounding box. (This fading can be changed in Model Info. and the other objects in the model appear faded. You can confirm this by inserting another truck from In Model. and another one from Transportation. thereby creating a new component. Select the entire truck and use Scale to make the truck an appropriate size. like using Line to add a door handle and a vertical door line. You can also change just one component. Perform some change on the door. One thing we can easily change about this truck is its size . You can also click anywhere outside the component to close it. Right-click one of the trucks and select Edit (Just This One).

formerly nested within the larger SUV component.not the entire vehicle. There are 5 SUV tires. Now that the SUV was exploded. you can just select the SUV to see its info. TIP: You can display nested components in the browser. face. Each tire is a component. without exploding their parent component first. 11. the SUV Tire component now appears on the list of components in your model. 15. and other objects included in the SUV. and does not act as one individual objects.) The Statistics tab. Right-click on the SUV and click Explode. Switch to Components in the drop-down menu to see all nested components included with the SUV. Another way to edit a component is to explode it. Right-click on the SUV and select Entity Info. set to All geometry. 13. by clicking on the right-facing arrow and selecting Show nested. lists all the edges. If you select any face or edge. 12. only that object is selected .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 10. 138 . Now select one of the tires. (If Entity Info is already open. 14. Now this vehicle is no longer grouped.

17. to rename the new truck component. and layers.) NOTE: To purge all unused components. (Mac: If you don’t see Statistics. Mac: Open the Entity Info for one of the tires. it still appears in In Model.Components 16. right-click on it and select Properties. you can click on the right-facing arrow at the top of the browser and select Purge Unused.) 19. (Mac: This will purge all unused components. The General tab lists the component name. right-click on it and select Purge. The Statistics area provides the same info as Entity Info. Here you can see how many edges and faces comprise one SUV tire. Even though the SUV was exploded and no longer exists in the model as a component. click on the arrow at the top of the pane and select Show Details. materials. In Windows. open Model Info to the Statistics page and click Purge unused. 139 . To delete it. 18. This option is only available in In Model. Use this window to assign a new name. To purge all unused components. Right-click on one of the tires and select Properties (All Like This).

Locate and activate this file. In the meantime. 140 . 1. To give a component a different name. 5. click Components (you will also find materials and plug-ins here. you must first explode it. select File / Insert / Component or browse within the Component Browser to where you saved the table. To insert this component into the model. Check this download area often. there are a few places you can try. Finally. then redefine the component with the new name. The insertion point can be changed. and make changes to the component in its original file. and the components are installed to SketchUp’s default directory.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Mac: The Properties option does not work as of this writing. 4. and an *. Create a table with one corner at the origin.skp in whatever folder you choose.net. 3. Also try www. insert it and manipulate it into another file. Start a new file and draw a rectangle in the red-green plane to serve as a reference. check under each subfolder to see what’s included.thecomponentstore. check out www. the default component insertion point is based on the origin of the sketch axes. Save this file as 4LegTable. since components will continue to be added.com. To change the insertion point. Where to Find More Components If you need components that aren’t included in the installation. These are objects created by SketchUp users who have generously posted them for public use.com/forum (located in the Support section of the main website) and click Materials/Components. however. You can also try www. This is a great repository for components as well as materials. naming a component can only be done when the component is created.sketchup. right-click the table and select Change Axes.sketchup. but it is a known bug that will be fixed. Under the top bar on this page. Once installed.com and open the Downloads page. Insert the table onto the rectangle. 2. Go go www. and don’t feel like creating your own.exe file is placed in a folder you choose.) Download the groups of components you want. Its insertion point is based on where the origin was in the table’s original file. Now the table appears in In Model.objectivenetworks. You can search for something specific or post a request to see if someone might have what you’re looking for. Manipulating Components This exercise will show you how to create a component in its own file. The reason for starting at the origin is this: when you save objects as a component. as you will see.

Click one of the crosses on the top face to set the protractor. Move the cursor over any face of the component’s bounding box. 11. You can have multiple instances of the same component that have different orientations and scales. click the endpoint shown and drag it to the corner of the rectangular face. 10. Insert another table. These are rotation handles. In addition to being able to move the component. you can also rotate it. Erase the previous component. 8.Components 6. This time you insert it by its leg. 7. Keeping the red and green directions the same. and insert another one from In Model. you are in Move mode (note that the Move icon is pressed). The original table file is not changed. This does not affect the makeup of the component itself. locate the new origin at the outer corner of the leg closest to the current origin. 141 . use Scale to give the table a longer length and shorter height. 12. Rotate the table 90 degrees. Immediately after inserting a component. While still in Move mode. NOTE: This change only affects the component in the current file. and four crosses appear. 9. Since you are still in Move mode.

Make a cylinder on the table. To demonstrate multiple scales. Returning to the previous file. and use the Axes tool to move the origin to the bottom corner of the leg. Both tables now have the same scale. 14. edit the unscaled table (use Edit Component. that would have reset the default scale to that of the selected table. The new beams appear. 17.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 13. Back in the other file.skp. 142 . NOTE: If you had selected Scale Definition. Save the current file and open 4LegTable. and save the file. Create rectangular beams connecting the table legs in the long direction. 20. Now the tables are inserted correctly. right-click and select Reset Scale. 16. 19. 18. not Just this one). right-click on the component and select Reload. To return the scaled table to its default size. Go back once again to the table file. Reselect the same file. but the insertion point has reverted back to the component’s origin. 15. Now we will go back and edit the table in its original file. reload again. Close the component. Any future instances of the component would be scaled. and a scaled version appears on the scaled table.

If the component cannot cut a hole. Select all elements of the window. 3. 143 . Assign a name like Arch Window. and make sure Cut Opening is checked so that future instances of the component will also make cutouts.skp file. In Windows (and Mac. 4. Drag the component from In Model onto the front and side faces of the box. NOTE: If the component is capable of cutting a hole in the face. you can then change the name in the component’s Properties. this assigns an automatic name (Group#1) to the component. at this point you cannot use it in other files. NOTE: If you right-click a group and select Make Component. once the bug is fixed). the component must be saved as its own *. Or click once on the component and then click again to place the window. To do this. or in Select mode click anywhere outside the component. then Cut Opening will automatically be checked.Components Creating and Saving Components in the Library This exercise creates a window component. Edit one of the components to add a ledge to all the windows. Mac: This icon is available when you customize your UI. After it is created. 2. it can then be saved as its own file to be used in the future as a component. as in the case of a double-faced wall. 1. Right-click and select Close Component. The component is defined only for this file. Or you can click the Make Component icon. this box will be grayed out. and select Edit / Make Component. (You can also right-click on selected objects and select Make Component. Create a box with an arched window. ) 5.

Then click on the right-facing arrow at the top of the browser and select Add folder. The logical place for this component would be in the Windows folder. so open this folder. Save the component as ArchWindow01. Browse to where the default components are kept (by default. Create a new folder within Windows called ArchWindows. Select Save As. 8. 9.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. in the desired location. If you want a component to appear in a different folder. . There are already several window components here.skp in the ArchWindows folder. then open the Windows folder. 144 .. it will appear immediately in the Component browser. Open ArchWindows to see the component you created. 7. 11. and it will appear as a new category in the browser. Now open the main Components browser..\Program Files\@Last Software\SketchUp4\Components (Mac: Library\ Application Support\SketchUp\Components). you must first create the folder. or on the component in In Model. Note: If you save a component into one of the default component folders (like in this exercise). Right-click on any of the windows. 10. Browse to the folder you created. This component will now be available in future files.

1. 145 . alignment must be defined when creating the component. which is why it didn’t work on the sloped face. components such as windows are generally created in the red-green plane before being made into components. Start with a form with vertical faces and one sloped face.Components Alignment and Insertion Point Components can be set to automatically align to faces in your model. but it is a known bug that will be fixed. The alignment of an inserted component is relative to the component’s red-green plane. These windows are inserted so that their frames stick out. you must first explode it and then redefine it as a component with the desired alignment. Windows: Right-click on the Octagon component in In Model and select Properties. Mac: The Properties option does not work as of this writing.the window does not align itself to this face. We would like to change this so that the window frame is flush with the wall (i. Change Vertical to Any. Insert a window outside the form. 2. and you can adjust the point at which they are inserted. relative to the alignment face. Now you can insert a window into the sloped face. 5. Therefore.e. The alignment is set for only vertical faces. 6. 3. In the meantime. It is not possible . Erase this window. the window itself is set into the wall). Try inserting another window on the sloped face. Insert the Window component called Octagon. To modify an existing component. 4.

Because we want to insert this window by a point on its front. Explode this new component. you cannot move the origin point to a different plane. 8. Select the window frame and pane and make it a component. 146 . in effect. It also helps to hide the bottom face. The window face must be aligned with the face that will be cut. Assign the name “Inset Octagon” and make sure Replace selected is checked. Insert another window on the vertical wall. This happens because aligning a component. and if you erase the vertical face the alignment parameters will be lost. The first step is to move the transparent window face from the back of the window to the front. click Set Plane.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 7. Anywhere you try and locate the origin. and hide the wall. makes a 3D object behave like a 2D object. 9. WARNING: Do not Erase these faces! We will need them later. Because the component is still set to glue to Any face. it will end up on the back plane of the window.

Because they are aligned with their faces. they can only rotate within the planes of the faces. 15. The faces are cut according to the edges in the component’s red-green plane. and keep the red and green directions the same as before. 11. Locate the origin at the lower left corner on the front face of the window. 12. 147 . Press Esc to return to the Create Component window. and click Set Plane again. 13. but does not move back into the wall. while the old components have protruding frames.Components 10. 14. Make sure Cut opening is selected as well. Try rotating any of these windows. Select None for Glue to. These new components have inset frames. Erase the component. and insert Inset Octagons on both faces. Then reselect Any plane. Unhide the faces (Edit / Unhide / All) The component is created. and click Create to make the component.

6. Therefore. Create a component from this window. 5. Create an arched cutout on a thin box. Cutting Method 1 1. however.redraw one of the window segments and erase the window face. 148 . explode the component. the wall is not cut.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Cutting Openings Components can cut an opening on one face only. so fix this by redrawing any of the window lines or segments. 3. the back face will not be cut.the component would not know which face to align to or cut. 4. so if you are working with double-faced (or double-sided) walls. Because this component contains more than one cutting face. None is selected for Glue to. To resolve this. The lines of the window are thick. To create openings on both faces. The cut is not made on the back face. it cannot align automatically to a face . Now you can erase the window face. When you drag this Arch Window from the Component Browser onto the wall. 2. you need a few extra steps. and Cut Opening is grayed out as well. On the back face you can do the same thing .

Erase the back face of the wall. Recreate the back face. 2. is still missing. redraw a segment of the window on the front face. Cutting Method 2 1. Because components can only cut through one face. and Push/Pull to the back face. 3. Cut Opening is available (and checked). Now when you make a component out of the window objects.Components TIP: Another way to create the cutout would be to explode the window component. Basically you create two components to be used each time you insert the cutout . the window cuts the front face. 4. and Push/Pull them out the same distance. Make a vertical wall and create an arch outline plus offset. 6. however. Start with the same wall and window as before. 5. Create the component. Copy these arches to the other side of the wall. The back face of the wall. we can eliminate one of the cut faces. Creating a Window Component Plus a Cutout Component Here’s a convenient way to handle cutouts for components that have a non-rectangular shape. This time. Erase the window cutouts on the back face.one is the component itself and the other is used as the cutout. and drag this component to create another window on the front face. and the component will glue to Any face. Explode both of the windows and resolve the thick lines. 149 . 1.

Now insert another copy of the component. This involves drawing some new lines and erasing some old lines. click Set Plane and set the origin like this: 150 . as shown below. This ensures that the post is contained within the wall. 6. Select the entire window and make it a component called Arch Window. run Intersect with Model on one face of the wall. 3. and use Push/Pull to cut the window on either side of it. 5. so that it will be inserted at the lower corner of the cutout shape. Check Replace selected. You cannot see the post. This creates edges along the wall where it meets the arch window. you can resolve the extra material at the top of the post. If you’re ambitious. Use Change Axes to place the origin here: 4.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 2. but there is no cutout. and the wall face hasn’t been divided by the window. Push each of the four walls of the post slightly inward. To create the cutting component. The component axes will be changed one more time. Create a post in the center of the window. Click Create to create the window component. then recreating faces. Because we want to set the location of the insertion point. 7. Erase any unneeded lines. It is inserted at the correct depth. so that you won’t see this post when you first insert the window.

Push/Pull to create the opening. you can still manipulate it. When exploded. Select the arch cutout face and make it a component. the subcomponents are “released” to do their cutting. they need to be aligned according to the red-green plane of the component.Components 8. so it’s easiest to create them in this plane. 11. 3. When components are set to cut. There is another way to do the same thing.an arch once again. then combine them into the total window component. Future insertions of the cutout plus the window will now involve the following 3 steps: 1. 151 . 9. Create the basic shape . This exercise also gives an introduction to the use of materials. Now insert a window component at the lower corner of the cutout. Insert an arch cutout component and Explode it. Push/Pull it back to create the opening. Leave both Cut opening and Replace selected blank. 10. 2. Start out in top view (drawing in the red-green plane). so that you don’t have to create intersection edges each time. 1. Erase the window component. Insert a window component at the corner of the hole. 2. which is shown later in this chapter. and only the arch cutout shape remains. The disadvantage is that inserting each window now involves three steps. Because this original cutout was not replaced with a component. You create the front and back components that are set to cut. involving nesting and exploding components. The advantage of this method is that you can have a cutout shape accompanying each window. Nested Cutting Components Specific Wall Thickness This method presents a very neat way to use one component to cut both faces of a wall simultaneously.

In the library. all vertical faces created by this have the same material. Click the arch face to apply the glass material to it. and create a new component called 12” Arch Window. keep Glue to to None. 9. with Cut openings. For now. Now with the insertion point set. 11. Add a post in the center. open the Transparent folder and click one of the glass materials. Erase this new component. The easiest way is to draw a long rectangle. Select both components. Assign the same glass material to the center face of this arch. and then type “. Make this face a component. Make sure it can glue to Any face. Copy this component 12” upward (or use any known distance). So. otherwise you cannot change the insertion point. 152 . Now draw a 12” thick wall.12” to change the second dimension. 12. 7. Explode this top component and Offset the arch outward. Display materials by selecting Window / Material Browser. change Glue to to Any so that it will align correctly to any wall. 6. called Back Cutout. 8. The front and back cutouts are both set to cut openings. such as Ashlar Stone (found in the Sketchy Materials folder). Assign a different material to the outer face. this distance is a snap distance. You can also type the distance manually.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. Push/Pull this outer face up. 10. Click Set Plane and set the origin here: 5. 4. you can create a component that contains these two components. If you are using Architectural units. but you don’t want to insert them separately each time. Make the parameters the same as the back cutout. and with Replace selected. This is called a nested component (components within a component). Select the top window objects (be sure not to select the bottom arch component) and make it a component called Front Cutout.

14. It is similar to "Creating a Window Component Plus a Cutout Component" on page 149. Also. This type of component is a bit heavier to prepare than simple windows. This method uses a single component. but does not allow for window frames on both sides of the wall . which are now free to cut the front and back walls. A face can have different materials on its front and back. and assign the glass material to the window faces. but once it’s done you can cut your walls with one click. Fix the post. (To use a component with details on both sides of a wall means you need to have a set wall thickness. which uses two separate components . TIP: Press Shift while applying a material to paint all connected faces. using transparent glass and another material for the window frame. But the disadvantage is that the component is dependent on the wall thickness. The next method solves this problem. but look at it from behind. Because the cutting faces are transparent glass. the post needs a back face. Push/Pull it up to create the vertical wall and insert a 12” Arch Window component into the wall. (If you want. 2. The window looks great from the front. 153 . you can start with a wall and create all the components vertically. Start in top view like before. 3.only the front.Components 13. This activates the front and back cutout components.the window plus the cutout shape. Make a window from the copy. Explode the component. and copy it.) 1. you can see whatever is behind the wall (add a small box behind the wall to verify this). Nested Cutting Components Any Wall Thickness This method uses nested components that can be used to cut walls of any thickness.) Draw one arch shape (keeping the face within it).

Check the window from behind. (It might be easiest to do this in X-Ray mode . 7. The wall has a neat cutout. and it should be glued to Any plane. and it does not cut openings.F9. 5. It should be glued to no planes. Push/Pull the arch face through the wall.” The insertion point should be along the back of the frame.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. fitting it into the cutout area. Make a vertical wall of any thickness and insert the Window and Opening component. Move the original arch into this new component. 8. and there is a face of glass where the window starts.) 9. 154 . You can now see through the glass and through the wall. 6. which you can verify if you draw a box behind the window. Make a Window Front component from this framed shape (not including the original arch shape). Explode this component so that it breaks down into the window component and arch cutout shape. called “Window and Opening. Create a new component consisting of the window component plus the arch shape.

Start with an arc. At this point you could finish up by creating the intersection between the window and the walls. It cuts only one of the faces. 3. Make a component from this window. It properly aligns to the face.Components Cutting Holes in a Curved Wall In order for a component to cut. Push/Pull it inward. using a small number of segments. such as 6 or 8. its cutting face must be entirely contained within the plane it is cutting. But what if the wall is curved? A curved wall is actually a series of connected flat planes. 1. and display hidden edges. draw an arch. exploding the component. and if a component is placed over a joint between walls. Use Offset and Push/Pull to create a wall. 2. the component will not be able to cut both walls. and erase its interior face. set to cut openings. There are ways to obtain the exact rotation angle. Now insert a component over a joint between two of the wall segments. 4. This is easiest to do in Top view. But we’ll do another few things first in order to demonstrate the Scale tool. Within the first flat segment. 155 . Rotate so that the window extends evenly from both sides. 5. and trimming. First we need to create the curved wall. cutting an opening in it. which makes it a bit easier to visualize the intersection edges later. but doing it by eye is good enough for this exercise (and for most things in SketchUp). Insert one of these components along another face.

and now the drag handles make more sense. 9. Because we will be scaling this component. Select the entire window and activate Scale The bounding box doesn’t correspond to the orientation of the window .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6.. and click Hide for Fade rest of Model.the box dimensions are relative to the current axes. 156 . it must be exploded. Without leaving Scale. Before the window can be trimmed. Pull the front of the window outward. Use Edit (Just This One) on this component. 7. 10. 8. You return to Scale. Close the component and run Intersect with Model. Then you can erase the extra lines. as well as the window face. use Axes to align the axes to the window. Open the Model Info to the Components page. it will be easier to work with it if the curved wall is hidden while editing.

Make a basic plan. you can replace them with the intended component. Then at the end of your design.Using Components for Mirroring This model uses a main building plus one component. Replacing Components If you place a large number of the same component into your drawing. 2. Right-click on any tall line and select Reload.Components Project . If you know in advance where these components will go. and place it in the correct location. and a short-line component where you want shrubs. A good example for this is a landscape in which you’ll place many trees of the same type. such as TreeGeometric18. and use a tall-line component where you want tall trees. copied and mirrored. in the correct orientation. (You can also right-click on the line component in the Component Browser.skp 157 . you can create a small. Use Scale to mirror the outbuilding. Whatever you add to the edited component appears on the other one. Make the out-building a component. temporary component to be used as placeholders. 1. Create the main building and one out-building.) Browse to the tree you want. Edit either component. it can bog down your drawing’s speed.

10’ trees. it still appears listed in In Model. materials. • The number of instances of any component does not affect performance (since they are all copies of the original). Click Open (or double-click the component name). Therefore. Then when the model is ready. when you delete all instances of a component from your drawing. To solve this. (Components that are in use have this option grayed out . For complex components. But if you use numerous and complex components.this can’t be used as a way to mass-delete components. and layers. To get rid of all unused components. and click Open. • As you may have noticed. The cans are now face down. it's handy to make a component of one half.) In In Model you can click on the right-facing arrow and select Purge Unused.in this case. Any changes to first half are reflected in the other. it’s a good idea to purge the ones you’re not using. this can cut down the file size. this can get cumbersome. use Measure to resize it. TIP: If the scale of your model does not accommodate the trees.simple objects like lines or boxes . they are replaced with TreeGeometric10 . and all tall lines are replaced with the 18’ tree. Browse to the modified trash can file. then mirror the copy. These components are still attached to your drawing. you can use substitute components . you can replace the placeholders. and having a large number of them can slow down performance. Do the same with the shorter lines . 4. 158 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. open the Model Info to the Statistics page and click Purge unused. You can purge an individual component by right-clicking it and selecting Purge. make a copy. Review: Tips for Efficiency with Components • If you want to make a component of a symmetrical object.as placeholders for the real thing.

or select Window / Material Browser (Mac: Window / Colors). 159 . Click Roofing to see the materials in that category. or material. Overview of Materials One of the things that makes SketchUp such a great visualization tool is its texture. the browser opens to a category called Base Materials. Materials. click the Paint icon. To open the Material Browser. 1. Windows Material Browser (Mac users: see "Mac Materials Browser" on page 161. By default. and Textures You can drag its top bar to dock it anywhere on the screen. 2. Click the dropdown arrow to see the other categories provided. pictures. Hovering over a thumbnail will open a tool tip telling you the name of the material. feature. You can use this to apply colors.7 Painting.) By default. the Material Browser appears on the left side of the screen. and textures to any face or edge.

Right-click on any material and select Add to Model. Note that the default tab you’re in is called Library.. however.\@Last Software\SketchUp4\Materials. Clicking Create opens a window in which you can create a new material based on the one you selected. and are located by default in the folder . you cannot click Edit because materials in the library cannot be changed from within the browser. The graphics provided are jpg’s. and the thumbnail is now listed. you can change this default folder on the Files page of the Preferences. plus any you add to it. TIP: In Windows. This is not the only way to add a material to the model. 4. right-click on a material and select Create. You can also click the Create button at the top of the browser. edit materials in the In Model tab. NOTE: In Windows. as we’ll see later. as we’ll see later.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook All materials are either a solid color or a graphic. Change the name (one is provided by default).. 6. Returning to the library. including those you make yourself. The library contains all the material included with your installation. You can use the browser icon to locate graphic files in any folder. 5. and then you can modify the color or select another image. 3. But there are no materials yet defined in your model. You can. There are 4 color selection methods: • Color Wheel: Select a color from the circular spectrum. 160 . Now click the In Model tab. by modifying the path for Texture Images.

7. This enables you to select a color from anything current visible. anywhere on the screen. but you can move it anywhere. and Textures • HSL: Hue. the browser is actually called Colors. • HSB: Hue. Be careful not to delete materials you might want! The deletion is not final however. Saturation. by default. 161 . you will simply get the solid color associated with the texture. If you do. which shows the current selection.Painting. The browser appears. Image Palettes. Another way to select a color is to click Color Wheel you can click anywhere on the wheel to select the color at that point. SketchUp uses the Mac OSX internal Color Picker (Color Wheel) or any color chosen from Color Sliders (Grey Scale. or select Window / Colors. or HSB values. The popup menu also has a Delete option. You can also click Image Palettes and select the preinstalled Spectrum image. Green. Colors The default color is initially blank. To show the Materials / Colors browser. RGB. Brightness values. or HSB sliders). then use the magnifying glass to pick out a color. You cannot edit a material itself. meaning that your faces are unpainted when created. click the Paint icon. You can drag and drop colors from this well into your model or into any other visible color well. on the right side of the screen. but this is how to create materials similar to other ones. Blue values. Below the toolbar is the Active Color Well. There are several ways to select colors and textures to assign to faces. such as in the Material browser pane. Luminance values. but is sometimes also referred to as Materials browser. Texture Palettes. or Crayons. Materials. • RGB: Red. When you want to apply color. The magnifying glass to the left of the Active Color Well activates the Screen Sampler. Mac Materials Browser On the Mac. CMYK. Click Add to add the new material to the library. Click Color Sliders to specify a color numerically by RGB. CMYK. You can activate the Color Picker by clicking on any color well in the SketchUp interface. Or click Crayons for an easy way to view and pick colors. NOTE: You cannot drag textures from this well into your model. you will be asked if you want to save changes to the library. Saturation.

If you want to be able to edit a material or image. click this to get a dropdown menu including the option New Texture. which tile seamlessly when repeated. this new personal palette is called My Textures but you can rename it. the browser opens to a category called Base Materials. Importing Images You can also import your own custom textures. you need to create a “personal” palette. You can delete a material from your personal palette by right-clicking on its swatch and selecting Remove.) New Texture enables you to load an external image file to be used as a texture. Markers. so it’s a good place to store materials and colors you want to transfer between models. just like from within Colors in Model. Be careful when using this. etc. At the bottom of the pane is a Color button. (This option is also available when you right-click inside the pane. you can still drag it back into your personal palette. it appears in the Colors in Model palette. drag a color swatch from any visible color well into one of the small wells.) You can also drop an image file directly into the Image Well of the Image Palette. because you cannot undo the action! If the material still exists in the User Palette. These images are stored in Root directory\Library\Application Support\SketchUp\Materials. Select Colors in Model or My Textures (if you want to edit the image) from the palette dropdown menu. texture. Once a color. Click Image Palette. You can delete a swatch by dragging an empty square over it. go to Colors in Model and select Purge Unused from the List dropdown menu. Like the User Palette.jpg images. (You can also add a new texture by right-clicking within this pane of Colors in Model. (Colors and textures used in your model are automatically added to Colors in Model. Once loaded into My Textures. an image or material can be edited.) Open the List dropdown menu at the bottom of any pane and click New. You can also import an image to use for picking colors. To switch between categories. Texture categories include preinstalled textures provided for you as *. where the image Spectrum is already preinstalled. Textures and Materials By default. available in the dropdown menu. which is the only place they can be edited. images imported this way remain available from model to model. To remove unused materials. By default. Dragging a color over an existing one will replace it. such as Exterior Finishes. or the personal palette.. Roofing.an expandable palette of small color wells into which you can drag colors that you frequently use. or image has been used in your model. You can also select Remove from the Colors dropdown menu in Colors in Model or My Textures. simply select the category from the dropdown menu.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Below the Color Picker Panel is the User Palette . 162 . To add a color to the User Palette. The User Palette remains constant between files. Select New from file to browse to the image you want to import.

Click one of the roof faces to paint it with CorrugateRust. Open the Material Browser to the Roofing category and add CorrugateRust to the model. 4. Where to Find More Materials If you need materials that aren’t included in the installation. just apply Default as you would any material. (Mac: In the Active Color Well) instead of Default which was there before. The exception is when you use transparent materials. These are objects and materials created by SketchUp users who have generously posted them for public use. check out www.) Installation instructions are provided for Windows and Mac.sketchup. Applying Materials Now that you can navigate your way through the browser in Windows or Mac. You can search for something specific or post a request to see if someone might have what you’re looking for. 1. The main reason to import an image into the Image Palette is to use it for picking colors.com and open the Downloads page. If you want to return any face to its non-painted state. there are a few places you can try.sketchup. It appears at the top of the browser. The arrows next to the house icon can be used to scroll between the last palettes you used. and when you apply a material it generally paints one side only. Click the thumbnail to activate the material. Click the In Model tab to see that the material has been added. Start a new file and draw two forms like these: TIP: “Default” is always available. you may want to import it directly into Colors in Model or My Textures (If you want to edit it). Under the top bar on this page.com/forum (located in the Support section of the main website) and click Materials/Components. click Materials (you will also find components and plug-ins here. Finally. Materials.net. Go go www. 2. NOTE: Faces in SketchUp are double-sided. let’s apply some materials to faces. and don’t feel like creating your own.Painting. You can also try www.objectivenetworks. This will be shown later in this chapter. 5. and Textures TIP: If the image is only to be used as a texture. 3. Mac: select Colors in Model from the dropdown menu or click the house icon to take you directly to Colors in Model. This is a great repository for materials as well as components. 163 .

as do all the non-roof faces of both buildings. use All Same. Another way to paint multiple faces is to select them first. the vertical faces are all considered contiguous because they touch at the back of the house. to indicate that it is in use. but not the smaller building because it is detached. Now this material is active. the selected face has the default color. NOTE: Faces painted using Ctrl must be contiguous to the selected face. This applies the paint to all faces that share the same material as the selected face. Mac: There is no indication for materials in use. but there are easier ways. This applies the material to the selected face and all faces connected to it .that are not already painted. Now press Shift and click the same face. In the In Model tab (Mac: Colors in Model). and click Stone-masonry. It now has a small white triangle at the lower right corner. You can change this in the Display page of the Model Info. You can apply this material to each face separately. 11. In this example.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. 10. In this case. For the next material. In the case of this exercise. and make sure Stone-masonry is still active. 164 . In this case the entire building is painted. Any face you click while CorrugateRust is active will take on that material. 9. the edges are set to take on the material of the object. look at the thumbnail in the In Model browser. there are now two in-use materials. If you want edges to have their own color. 8. 7. Click the other two roof faces to paint them the same way. Use Select to select the three faces shown. Press Ctrl/Option and click one of the vertical faces of the large building. Undo. in the Edge Display section. go to the Exterior Finishes category. In Windows.directly or indirectly . A face that is already painted would break this continuity.

and Textures 12. Now only the materials in use appear. (This also gets rid of unused components and layers. so it’s a good idea to get rid of the ones you don’t need. In the Statistics page of Model Info.Painting. Keeping lots of unused materials can bog down your file. this would replace only similar. Click any one of the selected faces to apply the material to all three. Materials. like Concrete-warm. Mac: Purge Unused is also located in the List dropdown menu. Press Shift and click one of the “Concrete-warm” faces. Or right-click on the right-facing arrow in In Model and select Purge unused. 165 . it still appears in In Model / Colors in Model. In Windows. select yet another material. click Purge Unused.) 13. connected faces. and clicked one of the faces on the larger building. 14. To demonstrate the use of Shift again. Each is replaced by siding. its “in-use” triangle indicator is gone. The smaller building would not be affected NOTE: You could also right-click on the thumbnail of a material that isn’t used and select Delete (Mac: Remove). Even though Concrete-warm is no longer used. such as Siding2. Now activate a new material. NOTE: If you had pressed Ctrl Option and Shift together.

Select the face shown. Click Edit. 166 . (Sure. which is used to detect the material of a selected face. In Windows. Change the length to 3’ (don’t forget the foot symbol if you’re in Architectural units). The first thing we’ll change is the size. This is the size that is repeated for the tiled image. You can also activate the “dropper” function by simply pressing Alt/Cmd while in the Paint tool. so you must use the Paint + Cmd method. you could have figured that out without using the dropper. click the dropper icon. 17. which is 5’-4” long and 4’-4” high. but imagine how useful the dropper is when you have dozens of materials in use!) 19. or select Edit from the material thumbnail’s popup menu. you can also select Window / Material Editor.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 15. the material updates on the model itself. and the height changes in order to maintain the aspect ratio. Mac: There is no dropper icon. and its material (Stone-masonry) is indicated in the browser. As soon as you enter a value. NOTE: In Windows. 18. You can also double-click a thumbnail to edit it. 16. One of the neatest features of materials in SketchUp is the capability of real-time editing.

and here is your new material. In Windows. Switch back to the library. Now click the lock symbol. which doesn’t really convey in a black-and-white book! Mac: You can change the name of a material in Colors in Model by editing it and entering a new name. You can also change any material in the browser by editing it. The new name is reflected in the tool tip. Don’t select anything. the selected material will change to that texture. Change the name to something like GreenStone. The name of the material has not changed. which unlocks the aspect ratio. And if you add it to the library like this. 21. saturation. a bitmapped texture will be colored that color. you can access any of the Mac color pickers (RGB. Close the Edit Material window. and go back into edit mode. 22. Mac: While the Edit pane is available. Adjust the RGB (red-green-blue) or HSL (hue. and Textures 20. Materials. HSL. if the other material is a solid color.you might not want to overwrite library materials. greyscale. Enter 6’ for some very tall stones.Painting. there will be two materials with the same name. Mac: Click the chain icon to unlock the aspect ratio. deep green. CYMK. Be careful with this . 24. Another thing you can change is color. Now you can specify any value you like for the height. 23. luminance) values to change the color. In Windows. or Color Wheel) to change color. If the other material is a bitmapped texture. then clicking on any other material in the browser window. This example uses a nice. if you right-click on the edited material. you have two options: you can add it to the library or edit the library material to have the new properties. 25. 167 . right-click and select Add to Libary (Update Library Copy is not available because the name has now changed).

28. 27. In Windows. 168 . Click the material thumbnail. This opens a window in which you can choose any of the materials in the In Model tab. Use this to check one of the Greenstone faces. Start with a form like this. 2. both have the same result. and close. The selected face is now painted with siding. One last thing: Draw rectangles on a couple faces.Shift and Ctrl/Option. All the unpainted faces are contiguous and are therefore painted. and Push/Pull them in or out. Use either Shift or Ctrl/Option to select one face and paint the entire form.) Click Siding2. The Ctrl/Option key will paint the selected face plus all faces that are connected to it. As you’ve seen. 1. In this case. (Note that this does not open the entire library.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 26. New faces that are created like this have the same paint as the face from which they originated. you can change a face’s material via its Entity Info. Using Shift and Ctrl/Option Keys The previous exercise involved the use of “mass-painting” keys . Shift paints all faces that have the same material as the selected face.

Undo. and use Ctrl/Option and select the same face. 1. 2. This paints all faces that have the same material as the selected face (in this case. 3. This is because these top unpainted faces are not contiguous to the bottom unpainted faces . 4. but as you’ll see. or see-through walls.the continuity is broken by the painted horizontal face. 5. and paint only the horizontal face shown with a different material. locate the Transparent category. 169 . In the Materials browser. and Textures 3. Select a solid transparent material such as Dark Green Glass and apply it to the lower half of the front face. you can make any color or texture image transparent. with a circular cutout on the back face. Add another half-face along the diagonal wall. Undo.enabling you to create realistic windows. If there were other forms that had unpainted faces. There are a few predefined materials here. screens.Painting. Materials. Material Transparency Any color or texture used as a material can have transparency properties . unpainted material). these would be painted as well. 4. Use Shift and select the vertical face shown. Start with a sloped-top form like this. Only the faces above the already-painted face are painted. the default.

If the material is then edited. 5. but transparency is maintained. 6. changing its transparency changes the material itself. a new 'transparent' material is created in the browser and the original material remains unaltered. When that happens. Select something dramatic like dark red. adjusting the opacity will not affect a selected material unless that material is immediately painted onto an object. Just like any other material property.the opaque color (bottom) and its transparent appearance (top). . . their preview swatch is divided in two sections . When materials are transparent. The level of transparency is controlled by the Opacity slider. note how the preview swatch changes. Mac: Even though the opacity slider is present in the browser at all times. 9. Open this material for editing. Move the slider closer to zero percent to see the transparency increase.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The face is colored. Change the color of this material by using one of the color methods (Color Wheel is shown here). 8. adjusting opacity is reflected in real time on the model. and move it closer to 100% to make the material more opaque. 7. . The default setting of this material looks rather opaque. without creating a new material. The color changes. 170 . . Textures can be transparent as well. Change the transparent face to one of the Glass Block images. As you increase transparency. so edit it and move the Opacity slider closer to the middle. but you can still see through it. .

creating a cone. Use Move to shrink the top circle. Now add a cylinder in front of the form. Deselect Colorize (Windows only). To return the texture to its original state. Use the slider to increase transparency. You can also play with the colors of texture materials. 15. check Reset Color. Simply re-edit the material and select Reset Color. and Textures 10. Select Colorize. 12. 171 . The transparent stone material should now have more of a multi-colored look 13. and the preview splits accordingly. Here’s another neat feature of transparent faces. Materials. Mac: You can reset any edited material. its Opacity is 100%. 11. You can now see the rectangular form behind the cone. Turn shadows on by clicking the icon. even if you have closed the editing pane and applied the edited material. and its preview shows a solid swatch. and the material color becomes uniform. 14. When you edit this material. and assign a new color (reddish-purple) as shown.Painting. Assign a texture to this cone such as Stone Vein (found in the Exterior Finishes category). There are no shadows cast from the transparent cone. or selecting View / Shadows.

Set the Opacity of the cone to a value greater than 70%. Orbit back to face the front. Open the Model Info to the Display page. This makes all materials appear opaque. 19. 172 . Turn off shadows (or leave them on). Working without transparency can speed things up. the material casts shadows. 18. 20. Turn transparency back on. 17. and deselect Enable transparency. Transparency display can be memory-consuming. Note that so far we have been working in Shaded with textures mode. By default a transparent material is first assigned to both faces. and orbit the model so that you are looking in through the circular back face. Apply any non-transparent material to the glass-block face. Faces in SketchUp are two-sided. Lastly. This face now hides the cone. your renderings can be slow. and when you working with a large model that uses lots of transparency. but you can then apply a different material to the opposite face. this side still shows transparent glass blocks.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 16. we will adjust some transparency display properties. Remember. Once this value is crossed. the lower half of the preview swatch shows how the material looks when opaque.

Painting. This is reflected in the fact that there is a Face Front and a Face Back color (set on the Colors page of Model Info. 3. Start with a roofless house with some windows and a door. Add a vertical wall through the middle of the house. This. and Textures 21. Now the entire model is transparent. Double-Sided Faces As you may have noticed. Pick a transparent material and apply it to one side of this wall. Switch to Shaded (hotkey: F7). This causes the textured materials to appear in their solid colors. such as siding. faces in SketchUp have two sides. to all 4 exterior faces. 2. 173 . Materials. this material is automatically applied to both sides of the face. 22. To these 4 interior faces. Apply an exterior texture. or check X-ray mode on the Display tab of Model Info). Because it is transparent. The interior faces remain unpainted. turn on X-Ray mode (hotkey: F9. 1.) This feature enables you to get very creative with materials . apply an interior finish like ceramic tile. Lastly. in a nutshell shows how you can have two different materials on any face.applying different ones to both sides of a face.

Apply a solid interior material. Orbit to the other side. to the floor. if you have a small form that is hidden by a larger form. Edit the material you applied to the exterior walls. and the other side of the face is unpainted. you can apply transparency so that the smaller form is visible when hidden. 7. like wood chip. If you change a solid material to transparent. Apply any other material. Make this floor material transparent. 6. both sides will take on the transparent material. and the original transparent material remains. 8. You can still make this face double-sided. 5. and decrease its Opacity. but you can’t see out.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. to one side of this wall. and both sides of the floor take this transparent material. You can change a solid material to transparent. Now you can see in. For example. transparent or not. without affecting the material on the other side. 174 . The underside of the floor is still unpainted. This double-sidedeness can be very handy for presentations.

When groups and components are in use. Overview of Materials and Groups This quick exercise will show you how groups are affected during mass painting. Activate a different material and click any face of the hexagonal insert. Edit the group. Just like individual faces. groups and components can have their own default materials. Undo to bring the insert back to the default material. 4. including those in the group. Undo. Materials. When you apply a material to any face of the group. 3. This applies the material to all unpainted faces. Place numerous large rectangular double-sided transparent faces behind the house. this can change the way faces are painted. you must do it from within the group. and adjust the opacity to simulate fog. and apply a material just to the vertical face of the insert. and create a group out of the insert form. 175 . This time the faces of the group are omitted. The exercises in this section will show you how this all works.Painting. Use Shift to apply a material to any face of the box (not a face of the group). the entire group is painted. 1. Materials of Groups and Components You’ve already seen how to apply materials using the Shift and Ctrl/Option keys. and how to handle painting groups themselves. Create a form like this. 5. and Textures Project: Using Transparent Faces to Simulate Fog Effects Create a house with several trees behind it. If you want to apply different materials to different faces of the group. and use Ctrl/Option to apply paint to the same face. 2.

Close the group. In the Material Browser. To paint the remaining faces of the insert. Edit one of the groups. 9. 11. Make a copy of the insert. you can “sample” the default color directly on the screen using the Cmd key with the Paint tool. 10. the Magnifying Glass will sample any color on the screen. check its Entity Info. The painted vertical face is applied to the copy as well. except for the face that is already painted. to see the material of one of the groups. Also. choose another material and select any of its faces (even the face that is already painted). Mac: The Material browser itself contains a Default Material button. This is the group’s default material. even though not all faces of the group use this material. 176 .open the In Model tab). Just like with a face. Now the only unpainted faces are the sides of the insert. This face takes on the default material of the group. This material is applied to the entire group. and not the global default (unpainted) material of the overall model. Choose a different material to paint the other insert group. 8.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. find the Default material (Windows . and apply Default to the painted vertical face. 7. Alternatively.

Painting, Materials, and Textures

Using Groups to Separate Materials
If you’ve read the chapter on Groups, you already understand how groups prevent objects from “sticking” to one another. This is also relevant for materials. This exercise will create a cabinet, and the use of groups makes it easier to apply various materials. 1. Start with the basic cabinet shape, and apply a single color (like black) to the four vertical faces of the base. Use Ctrl/Option to paint a wood material on the faces of the cabinet.

2.

Undo the counter (if you made it). Select the cabinet and its base, and make a group. Then create a counter top. Because this counter is not connected to the cabinet group below it, it has the default (unpainted) material.

3.

Push/Pull the front of the counter slightly outward. Activate a stone or marble material, and use Ctrl/Option to apply it to the entire counter.

To create the counter top, we want to create a rectangle on the top of the cabinet and Push/Pull it up. If you do this now, the counter will have the same material as the cabinet, which is not what we want. Because you used Ctrl/Option and not Shift, the bottom face remains unpainted. For a nicer looking cabinet, edit the group and add some doors. In this example, Move/Copy, Offset, and Push/Pull were used.

4.

177

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

Materials of Components
Using materials on components works pretty much the same way as for groups. The main difference is that you can implement material or color changes over all instances of a component, whereas each group would have to be edited separately. As with groups, components can be omitted when mass-painting faces. For this house, if you press Ctrl/Option while applying a material to one of the walls, the windows and doors will not be painted. (Using Shift will paint them, assuming the components are originally unpainted.)

If you change the default colors of the model, the color of the car body will change as well. This is set in the Color page of the Model Info.

2.

To determine the material assigned to any face, click on the paint dropper icon in the Materials Browser (Windows only). You can also press Alt/Cmd while the Paint tool is active, to get the dropper icon.

3. This exercise will focus on how components themselves are painted, and their default colors. We will use car components, since they are already created for you, and contain a variety of colors. 1. In a new file, bring in an SUV component. Some of the faces of this car are painted (transparent windows and black tires), but the body faces are created in the default material - Face Front.

Click on any body face of the car, and Default is indicated in the browser as the face’s material. A component’s (or group’s) default material is also listed in its Entity Info. Default (unpainted) is the component material.

4.

In the Materials browser, open In Model, where you can see the colors (black and transparent gray) used for the tires and windows.

178

Painting, Materials, and Textures

5.

We will change the color of the car body, but first we’ll set the appearance of the edges. Open the Model Info window to the Display page, and set Edge color to By Material. (You can also find this on the Display Settings window.)

8.

Bring in another SUV from either the Transportation category of the browser, or from In Model. The new SUV will have the default color. Changing the color of one component does not change the component definition.

9.

6.

7.

Select any color and apply it to any face of the car; the body faces are painted. The windows and tires are already painted, so they retain their assigned colors. And all edges take on the color you just assigned. We will now change the edges so that they are all black. In Model Info / Display, set Edge Display to All Same.

To add another color to the file, we will add hubcaps. Open one of the components for editing, then open one of the tires for editing. Draw a circle on the outer face of the tire and color it light gray.

10. Close the tire, and close the SUV. All the tires now have hubcaps. (They only appear on one side, however, since the tires are not mirrored about the center of the vehicle!)

This setting will color all edges by the color set in Model Info / Colors page. By default, this color is black.

11. Open the Materials Browser to In Model, and you will see the color that you used for the hubcaps.

179

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

12. From the Transportation category (not In Model), bring in one more SUV. The new one has the original tires - no hubcaps.

16. You can color each car differently without affecting the definition of the component. Because these are components, you can make changes that affect all instances. For example, you can edit one car and make its roof black; this will color all roofs black.

13. Look in the In Model tab of the Component Browser. A new component has been added to the list. SUV has hubcaps, and SUV#1 does not. Don’t confuse this with the components that appear in the Transportation category - you changed the SUV in your model; you did not change the original.

Default Component Materials
14. Delete SUV#1. It still appears in your browser, so purge it. As you’ve seen when painting a component, the material is applied to all faces of the component that have the component’s default material. In the car exercises, all of the components had Default (unpainted) as their material, so their unpainted faces took on whatever material you applied. Mac: The default material is the first thumbnail in Colors In Model. You can change this color by changing the Face Front color in Model Info. However, you cannot set a texture as the default material. If you try, you only get the basic color of the texture, not the texture, itself. Not all components have Default as their assigned material, however. If a component has a specified material or color, then it is faces of this material/color that will be replaced by an applied material. Confused? Try this short exercise. 1. 2. Create a four-legged table. Apply a wood material to the legs. Make a component of the table and insert a few more.

15. Bring in two more SUV’s from In Model. These look the same as the two already in place (with hubcaps).

180

Painting, Materials, and Textures

3.

Apply a different material to each table. The material is applied to the table top only, because these are the faces that are still unpainted, which matches the component material of Default. The legs already have an assigned material, so they stay wooden.

7. 8.

Mac: Open Model Info / Colors and change the Face Front color - this will become the new default component material. You cannot specify a texture here; only its base color will be used. The table faces are now all wood. Edit the component, and change the table top material. The default component material is still wood.

4.

So far this is what you’ve already seen with the cars - replacing unpainted faces. The next component, though, will use a specific material. Use Undo to return to the original, default table, and make it a component. Make sure the wood material is still in the model even if it is not currently assigned.

9.

Make three more copies, and assign each table a different material. This time the legs are painted. This is because the legs were originally wood, which is the default material of the component. And the default material is what gets replaced when you assign a new material. The table tops already have another material, so they remain unchanged.

5.

In the component’s Entity Info, click on the material thumbnail.

10. In Windows, as you’ve seen, a component’s default material can be changed without affecting the component itself. For one of the changed tables, the default material is no longer wood - it is the material you applied.

6.

Select the wood material to make it the component default.

181

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

Texture Positioning
The rest of this chapter focuses on how you can manipulate texture files, including image files, to fit your model. This exercise gives you the basics on positioning texture (or “texture tweaking” as @Last likes to call it). There are two modes you can use to position textures: Fixed Pins and Free Pins.

3.

Select the smaller front face and move it from side to side. The texture stays in place while the face moves - the texture does not stick to the face. Return the face to its original position.

Fixed Pins
Fixed pins is the more exact mode for texture positioning. You have 4 pins of different colors, each with its own function, each works relative to the anchor (red) pin. 1. Start with a form like this. 4. To set the texture so that it sticks to the face, you must position it. Right-click on this front face and select Texture / Position.

2.

Locate the Stone masonry texture in the Exterior Finishes category and add it to the model. Edit the material so that the stone blocks will be large enough, relative to the model.

5.

In this mode you will see 4 pins, either all yellow or of 4 different colors. We want the latter mode - Fixed Pins. If you’re not in this mode, right-click and make sure Fixed Pins is checked. The pins surround one instance of the texture - the rest are tiled instances.

182

Click anywhere on the texture and keep the mouse button pressed. Move the mouse around to drag the texture to a different location. (You can also click anywhere in blank space to exit position mode.Painting. then click. Materials. Now 3 full stone blocks fill the face horizontally. Move the mouse to the desired location (between Blocks 2 and 3). and distortion are all done relative to this pin. 7. 12. (You can access inference points like endpoints and midpoints while in position mode. Two blocks are now spaced along the face.) 183 . Drag the blue pin up or down so that 4 rows of blocks fit vertically in the face. The green pin is used for overall scaling and/or rotation. you can also move them. This lifts the pin out of its position. 8. Drag the green pin to the lower right corner of the face. and click again to place the pin there. To accept this new position. Click. In addition to dragging pins. 10. Now drag the green pin back to the lower right corner. shearing. Hover over the green pin until you see a small square around it. 11. right-click and select Done. Scaling. The red pin is the anchor pin. hold. 9. and Textures 6. The blue pin is for shearing (making diagonal) as well as vertical scaling. and drag the red pin to the lower left corner of the face. Right now we will use it just for scaling. rotation.) Now Block 1 will always start at the lower left corner of the face.

only the front face has changed. Exit position mode. 15.the texture always remains on the face). (The result only looks out of plane . the face contains 2 blocks at the bottom and 4 rows vertically. Also. 18. This is more useful for actual photographic images that you’re trying to fit to a face. 17. Enter position mode again. Now move the front face again. Slope the front face by moving the edge shown. and here is the result: the blocks look as if they are getting closer. The yellow pin is used for out-of-plane distortion. and 3 is aligned with the diagonal edge. Drag the yellow pin up so that the seam line above Blocks 1. their perspective has changed. To return to the original texture size and position. note that the rest of the model has the original stone texture. No matter where it’s located. but we will use it here anyway. 184 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 13. right-click on the face and select Texture / Reset Position. first place the green pin to the right of Block 3 and drag this pin back to the corner. 16. 2. 14. To shrink the overall scale.

22. Go back to position mode and drag the red pin to the corner shown.Painting. If you stay on the dashed red rotation line. 21. Drag and rotate the blue pin to shear the blocks. Now drag the green pin outward to increase the overall scale. Drag the green pin upward so that the angle of the blocks matches the diagonal edge (do not release the mouse yet). 185 . so if you apply it to any face (including the changed one). unrotated blocks. Materials. unscaled. The texture in the Material Browser is the original one. Now we will see how to apply this modified texture to the rest of the model. unsheared. 23. This is how you can rotate and scale the texture in one step. you will get the original. and Textures 19. We will now look at rotation and shearing. Leave position mode. you will not change the scale of the blocks. 24. Now move the red pin and drag it so that a block starts at the corner shown. 20. The result is that the blocks are rotated but still have vertical sides.

2. but handy when you need to make adjustments by eye. To sample a texture. 1. Start with a house and an estimated rectangular outline for the door. It was taken from the site www. Click the front face to pick up this texture. Place the picture on the door by clicking the lower left and upper right corners of the door rectangle. and use free pins to fit the picture exactly to the door in your model. use the Paint tool with Alt/Cmd pressed. you can use the dropper. NOTE: To save a picture from a website. One is to select File / Insert / Image as Texture.com. This example uses the door shown below.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 25. It is not as exact as Fixed Pin mode. right-click on the image and select Save Picture As. 186 . Free Pins Free pin mode is useful when you want to make an image fit within a certain shape. Imagine you’ve designed a house and your client hands you a picture of a friend’s house that has the exact door he wants. 26. In Windows. in the “Custom Doors” category. The sloped blocks now appear on all faces. Some images are copyright protected and cannot be saved. Now apply this material to the other faces (you can use Shift or Ctrl/Option when selecting any face).spiritelements. You can use the picture as a texture on the door. There are a few ways to insert a picture to be used as a texture.

there are four yellow pins around one of the tiled images. Now click and hold each pin and drag it to the closest corner of the model doorway. You can use this to place the door in its general location. Materials. disregarding (for now) the arch portion at the top. each pin has the same function .to pull its corner to stretch and distort the picture. TIP: While in either Free or Fixed Pin mode. Like in Fixed pin mode. and Textures 3. 9. right-click and deselect Fixed Pins. but does not have the correct size or orientation. move. you are in Fixed pin mode. and drag it to move the picture around. In Free pin mode. Use this method to place four pins at the four rectangular corners of the door in the picture.Painting. To enter Free pin mode. Right-click on the image and select Texture / Position. 4. you can switch modes temporarily by pressing Shift. 6. 187 . and drag pins until the alignment looks good. leaving positioning mode. “lift” one of the Free pins off the image. To keep this image “distortion” (you distort the image to make it look right). Place it at the closest door corner. place the cursor anywhere on the image. 7. Like you did with the Fixed pins. 8. If the picture isn’t perfectly aligned. In Free pin mode. you can continue to lift. If you see colored pins. The picture fills the doorway. 5.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

10. The door fills the rectangle, but the arch portion is missing. Use Arc to place an arc at the top of the doorway. Erase the line between the rectangle and arc, and the image extends into the arc. Resize the arc to fit the picture.

Using Pictures to Create Realistic Objects
If you have pictures handy, you can easily use them to create photorealistic objects you can place in your drawings.

Creating a Painted 2D Tree
This exercise uses a picture to create a tree in your model. Here is the picture that will be used:

If needed, you could return to position mode and place a pin at the top of the door in the picture. Then that pin would be moved to the midpoint of the arc. 11. Move the door, and the image follows.

Any picture of a tree can be used. If you don’t have a tree picture, try a person, street lamp, road sign- something that you would always want to face you in a 3D model (not appear as a 2D cutout). 1. Start with a basic house. Select File / Insert / Image and browse to your picture. We don’t want it aligned to any of the house faces, so place it on the red-green plane, away from the house.

12. Now move just the door edges, not the face itself. This places the door shape on another portion of the door image, so be careful not to do this!

188

Painting, Materials, and Textures

2.

Just like a group or component, when it is selected and you are in Move mode, you can also rotate it. Place the protractor on the necessary edge to make it vertical. Then explode the picture so that it will act as a regular SketchUp face.

4.

Now use Line and/or Arc to trace around the tree. When the outline is closed, the lines will become thin.

5.

When the outline is complete, delete the rest of the picture.

TIP: You also could have arrived at this point using Insert / Image as Texture. In that case, you would first have to create the vertical face for the tree, and then apply the picture to that face.

3.

For this next step, it might help to change the edge color. Open the Model Info window to the Colors page and select a color for Edges that contrasts with the tree.

NOTE: The picture is not positioned with respect to the edges around the tree, but you could use texture positioning to fix this.

6.

Make the tree a component, and insert a few more of them around the house. Use Scale to make some trees wider, shorter, or taller, or to make mirror images.

189

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

7.

If you orbit the model, the trees look like how they were created - flat cutout faces. This can be changed in the definition of the component itself. Even when components have different scales, their properties are still the same. In Windows, right-click on any tree and select Properties (All Like This). In the Properties window, check Always face camera.

9.

Now orbit the model around. No matter what the angle, the trees are always facing you.

Creating a Painted 3D Bus
This exercise uses a picture to create the side, front, and top of a bus. This will work for any vehicle, but a bus is handy because it’s prismatic. You can do a web search for a bus picture, but the one used in this example is from the Greyhound web site http://store.yahoo.com/greyhoundlogoshop/. (It’s actually a toy bus, but it looks real enough!) Here is the picture:

Always face camera is also available when first defining a component, as well as in a component’s Entity Info. (In the Entity Info window, if only half of the options appear, click on the right-facing arrow and select Show Details. This expands the window.) Mac: The Properties option does not work as of this writing, but it is a known bug that will be fixed. In the meantime, to make a component always face the camera, this option must be set when the component is first created. To modify an existing component, you must explode it and redefine the component. If the edges surrounding the trees look too thick, open the Display page of Model Info and uncheck Profiles. This will make all edges thin. Or you could set Edge Color to None to eliminate edges altogether.

1.

8.

First make a box in the general shape of a bus. If you care about making it realistic, make the length something like 30’.

190

Painting, Materials, and Textures

2.

There are two ways to import a picture as a texture. The first is via the Material Browser. Click the Create button at the top.

5.

Undo to take the material off the box and out of the browser. Now select File / Insert / Image as Texture. The picture comes into the model and you can drag it by its lower left endpoint. The picture will align itself to any face, so click the two corner points of the side of the box.

3.

Mac: Click Image Palette, and select New from file to browse to the image you want to import. You can also right-click on the texture swatches and select New Texture. In the Mix New Material window, check Use texture image and browse to the bus picture. Make the size something realistic - if you keep the lock symbol as is, you can enter 30’ for the length and the height will update automatically. Finally, enter the name of the new material (“Bus”) at the top left.

NOTE: If you want to drop the picture onto the face at its current size, just double-click on the face. Press Ctrl if you want to place the picture by its center. Press Shift while placing the second corner point if you want non-uniform scaling.

6.

Enter position mode, and zoom in closely to see the 4 corner pins. Move the pins to the corners of the side of the bus.

4.

This new material now appears in the In Model tab of the Material Browser. Paint this material onto the side of the bus. This method would work fine since it can always be repositioned, but this placement method allows no control over where the picture is placed.

TIP: It’s very helpful to use the zoom functions when placing pushpins. Use Zoom Window to lift the pin, then Zoom Extents to see the whole model. Zoom Window again to the target point, and click to place the pin.

191

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

7.

Now drag each pin to a corner on the side of the box.. The side of the box should now contain the portion of the picture that is the side of the bus, stretched and moved to the right scale and orientation.

10. Now for the front of the bus. Again there are two ways to apply the picture here. First, click the thumbnail in the Material Browser and apply it to the front face. With texture positioning this would work, but the initial placement of the picture is random not connected to the picture on the side of the bus.

8.

Leave positioning mode. The side of the box looks good, but the tires are cut off. 11. Undo. Here’s a better way. Use the dropper or Paint + Alt/Cmd to “sample” the material on the side of the bus. Now click the front face. The picture still needs to be adjusted, but its placement is correct along the edge shared with the side face.

9.

Push/Pull the bottom of the box so that the wheels are visible. Use lines and arcs to trace the bottom of the bus to include the wheels. Push/Pull the wheels all the way through. Now the wheels are included in the bus.

192

Painting, Materials, and Textures

12. Enter positioning mode. (If your picture isn’t facing the right way, or is upside down, you can right-click and select Flip / Left/Right or Up/Down.) The pins along the common edge are already located correctly. Move and drag the other two pins into place.

Try it Yourself
The picture used here is of a birdhouse taken from the website www.cleanairgardening.com/hapawobiho.html. Any similar picture will work, including one of an actual house, or perhaps a group of townhouses.

13. The top face is done the same way. Use the sample method to pick up either the side or front face material, and apply the material to the top. The roof is already aligned along the 2 edges common to the side and front faces. Adjust the one pin that isn’t located correctly.

Build a model that approximates the shape of the house. Insert the image on one face and position it, then modify the geometry and insert the image on other faces.

You may need to do some fine-tuning with the pins to get the results you want. 14. To apply the material to the opposite side, get a sample of the texture on the first side and apply it. It has the correct shape and orientation, only backward!

193

5. but any image will work. Move it to a position like this . If you want an alignment that is not along one of the faces.at an angle in which a corner of the cube sticks out. 4. in which you can both move and rotate the picture. according to the horizontal alignment of the original face. and how to modify a picture wrapped around a curved. 2. Unpaint the cube and use File / Insert / Image to bring in the picture. 3. The picture used here is a map of the continental USA. Sample this positioned texture and apply it to adjacent faces. you must insert the image by itself (not as a texture). Activate Move mode. Make the scale a bit larger than the face itself. 1.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Wrapping Images This exercise shows you how to wrap a picture along planar faces from a set angle. Use texture positioning to center the picture on the face. The wrapping is correct. Start with a cube and use File / Insert / Image as Texture to apply the map to one face. 194 .

In Fixed pin mode. Now draw a cylinder and apply the picture to it. not the sampled texture from the cube. Because this texture was created from an exploded material and projected onto a face. use the green pin to rotate the picture. it is a projected texture.) 7. To change the orientation or scale of the image on a cylinder. Then right-click on any of the face segments and select Texture / Position. Then with the image still selected. 11. The picture wraps smoothly. and sample the texture. Verify this by right-clicking on the face Projected is checked under Texture. first display hidden edges (F4). and the wrapping adheres to the angle of the picture. Explode the image. 8. 10.Painting. Materials. (Use the thumbnail from the In Model tab of the Material Browser. and Textures 6. 9. 195 . but you cannot right-click on the face to access texture positioning. delete it. Apply the material to the faces.

Sample the rotated image. and use draw two tangent arcs. Locate the map file in your browser.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook When finished.the rotated picture wraps around the whole cylinder. 15. and turn off the hidden lines. Draw a rectangle that extends past the projected sides of the picture. 16. Rotate the picture to be vertical. 12. Switch to Top view and turn off Perspective mode (Alt + P). This brings the image into the red-green plane. 14. Then apply the texture to the cylinder . only the edited segment has the rotated picture. For another example of a projected image. at the picture’s original size. 196 . 13. and drag it right into SketchUp. start a new file. That’s why pictures imported this way activate Scale mode (note the drag handles). Explode the picture and Push/Pull it into the wavy form. Trim the rectangle in front of the arcs and Push/Pull so that the top and bottom extend past the picture. so that you can change the size immediately if you want.

. and apply it to the wavy face. Sample the exploded picture.Painting. . to manipulate the textures on this wavy face. Trim all but the projected face. Then right-click on any face segment and select Texture. Projected is indicated as the current format. . not a wrapping. This is a projection. you need to first display hidden edges. select this option to toggle it off. . 18. Just like with the cylinder. the wavy face looks fine in Front view. and Textures 17. but in an isometric view you can see distortion along the curved face. Therefore. . 197 . 19. and use Erase + Ctrl/Option to soften edges on this face. Run Intersect with Model. Materials.

NOTE: To use mapquest. 198 . You can get a map from the site www. you probably won’t get perfectly matched results with this method. in order. Sample this texture. separate object. Projecting an Image onto a Non-Planar Face 21. the results look like wrapping. then right-click on the graphic and select Save Picture As. Similar to the previous exercise. then the other to insert it at its current aspect ratio.mapquest.while positioning. but it’ll look pretty close. many of the segments have a continuous pattern. Use File / Insert / Image to insert the map into the model. but not all do . You can insert an image several ways: • Double-click to drop it at its current size.com. An image inserted this way does not need to be placed on a face . type in any address and click Search. this exercise shows you how to project a map onto a topographical surface. Unless you’re working at a very large zoom scale.the pattern looks jumpy. The texture of this face now has the “true” scale. In this example. one by one. With hidden edges turned back off. This case is easy . drag the map to match that of the adjacent face segment. and position the texture in each face segment. The solution: turn hidden edges back on. 1. turn off hidden edges. Zoom in or out as needed. and apply the texture to the rest of the wavy face. • Click one corner point.it is a unique.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 20.

First. If drawn correctly. To smooth the face. 3. Use the same Autofold method to smooth out the entire surface. use Freehand (hotkey: F) to draw a few wavy lines on the face. • To change its aspect ratio. and Textures • To insert by its center. select the edge shown. Use Push/Pull to pull up the first section. we will use Autofold. 4. 2. and follows the pulled sections. (starting and ending on the face edges). We want the picture to act as a regular SketchUp face. To represent the topographical lines. 6. Materials. they will be thin-lined and will divide the face. keep Shift pressed while placing.the step is gone and edges are added where needed. This inserts the picture at its original size. 199 . then press Ctrl/Option and click the outer point. so explode it. This is the result . but you can change the scale after inserting. Use Move with Autofold to move the edge up from Point 1 to Point 2.Painting. • You can also drag a picture into SketchUp directly from the file browser. You can double-click repeatedly if you want to keep all height differences the same. click the center point. 5. Note that the map acts like a material. Pull up the remaining sections progressively higher.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook This is one method for creating a realistic-looking topo surface. The advantage of applying the image by itself (File / Image / Texture) is that you do not have to start out knowing the exact dimensions of the map you can build the model based on the picture. We already have a topo surface. and use File / Insert / Image to bring in the map again. we’ll see how not to apply the map to this surface. Use Soften/Smooth Edges to smooth the surface. . . 7. You could achieve the same results if you have created a face first. This occurs even when the surface has been smoothed.starting with the topo surface and projecting the image onto it. 200 . To get just the surface. 10. Select the entire surface by triple-clicking on any of its faces. erase all the side (vertical) faces. The map should still be present in the Material Browser. 8. Place the first corner directly above the relevant corner of the topo face . click it and apply it to the surface. With this method. 9. resulting in a jumbled mess. First. Undo. so we will remove the picture from it. the material is applied to each sub-face individually. then used File / Insert / Image as Texture to apply the map directly to the face. We will now try another method . Then apply the default material to the model.

. Materials. NOTE: You can’t use Insert / Image as Texture here. Explode it. On the flat image. 201 . As before. 13. . 14. hotkey: Alt + P). Move the flat image plus footprint directly below the topo surface and Push/Pull the footprint plus driveway up beyond the topo surface. and Textures 11. draw the footprint of a building. 15. 12.Painting. Place the second corner at the corner of the topo surface. For exact placement. this example includes an arc driveway. Then sample the texture from the flat image. and not subdivided.and for the second point switch to Top view. it is necessary to turn off Perspective mode (Camera / Perspective. you can delete everything below the topo surface. After using Intersect with Model. The map is now directly above the topo surface. . It is projected directly onto the surface. and apply it to the topo surface. because there is no flat face to apply the image to. Now to place a building directly on this topo surface. .

This option is found in the Display tab of the Model Info. This also clears unused components and layers. Switching off Transparency mode can speed things up. Then when the model is ready for presentation. • Having a large number of in-model materials can slow down performance. right-click on the right-facing arrow at the top of the In Model tab and select Purge unused. Right-click on any unused material and select Delete/Remove. Materials that are not in use can either be materials that were replaced. You can purge components the same way right-click and select Purge or use Purge unused. • Working with lots of transparent materials can slow your rendering. You can also open the Model Info to the Statistics page and click Purge unused. when a component is no longer in use it still appears in the Component Browser. or materials that were imported into the model from a library but not yet assigned to any face. If materials still remain after purging. Mac: Purge Unused is in the List dropdown menu at the bottom of the Materials browser when Colors in Model is open. To remove all materials. the In Model tab (Mac: Colors in Model) lists all materials that are both in use and not in use.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Review: Tips for Efficiency with Materials • When applying and replacing materials in your model. 202 . Like materials. If you find this to be the case. if it is available. they are probably attached to components that are also no longer in use. You can also right-click on individual thumbnails and select Remove. • Lastly. working with large texture graphic files can also slow performance. you can replace these materials with image files. You can speed things up by getting rid of materials you’re not using. consider using single-color materials while working in your model.

Mac: the Section Plane icon is located at the bottom of the Tool Palette. 4. Open the Components Browser to the Shapes folder and insert a Sphere. select Tools / Section Plane. select View / Toolbars / Section Planes. 5. with arrows indicating the direction that will be cut. Sectioning Overview This exercise will show you the basics of using the section tools. Explode the sphere. When you move the cursor around the drawing. providing a powerful way to visualize spatial relationships. 2. and use Rotate to slightly tilt the sphere. The plane appears. Wherever a face intersects with the section plane. select View / Toolbars / Section Planes. NOTE: WIndows: If this toolbar is not displayed. If you do not see the Section Planes toolbar. notice how the plane indicator aligns to the various faces. Locate the section plane on the vertical face shown. Mac: If the Tool Palette is not displayed. and they dynamically demonstrate the relationships of spaces. Section cuts enable you to look inside your model. If you don't see this. 203 . and they can make documenting and constructing complex forms much more straightforward and accurate. Section planes free you from having to constantly hide and unhide geometry.8 Sectioning 3. Click Add Section Plane (Mac: Create Section Planes). thick lines appear. Click to make the section. 1. select Window / Tool Palette. Create a base for the sphere.

Display and then erase the section plane. 9. As you’ve seen. though the section plane is still visible.the section plane and section cuts (those thick intersection lines). and align it with the face shown. and locate the section plane at the midpoint of the adjacent edge. and click Toggle Section Plane Display. 204 . this command affects the display of all the planes. 8. You can also set the section line thickness and colors of active and inactive section planes. Click Add Section Plane again. Mac: This icon can be added to the toolbar via View / Customize Toolbar. Display the section cuts again. If you have multiple section planes. (Mac: Display Section Planes) or select View / Section Planes. Press Shift to lock the orientation. or can be turned on by selecting View / Section Cut. The cut lines disappear (the entire model is displayed). 6. 10. 7. Click Toggle Section Cuts (Mac: Display Section Cut Effect) or select View / Section Cuts. but do not click yet. Now the plane is hidden.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook This default color of section lines can be changed on the Section Planes page of the Model Info window. Select and erase the section plane. sections consist of two parts .

You can also save the cut lines as a group. This aligns the section plane with the screen . hotkey: Alt+G) the group of lines. Reverse again. or click Toggle Section Plane display to blank it. Right-click and select Create Group from Slice. and the opposite part of the model appears. This leaves a group of line segments on the model where the section plane was. 205 . and select Reverse. Orbit out of this view. 14.Sectioning 11. The arrows change direction. Erase or hide the section plane. 13. Now add a section plane and hover on one of the points on the sphere itself. Ungroup (Edit / Group / Explode. They become thin lines.you are looking straight into the section. 15. aligned to the planes that contain them. Shift-lock the orientation and place the plane deeper into the sphere. Right-click within the section plane (on an edge or within the empty gray area) and select Align View. right-click again. 16. 12.

with the Move tool. Place a section plane on the front face.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 17. 4. 206 . 1. Add the second floor. Insert a door component to the front of the house. floor layouts. Use Measure to scale the house. if needed. The last steps involve using sections to create a slide show presentation. 3. stairs. Add another section plane where shown. so select the plane and move it toward the other side. Erase all faces and edges in front of the cut lines. You can now see inside the house. 2. Start with a house like this. We now want to add a staircase along the right side wall. Using Sections for Interior Design and Presentation If you are designing a closed building. This exercise will show a very simple house and a few interior elements. and your model is now trimmed by a plane. You can hide and unhide walls. but for complex structures it may be more convenient to use section planes. You can’t see much from this small opening. etc. you probably need to get inside to design walls. Moving section planes is done the same way as moving any geometric object . which creates an additional section cut line along the front of the house.

Move this plane very slightly inward so that you get past the front door. Though you can have an infinite number of section planes. slightly in front of the back wall. Remember. furniture. Now you can easily erase the wall separating the small wing from the main house. 9. 6. Use lines and Push/Pull to make a basic staircase. and copy the active plane to the back of the house. plants. 7. you could avoid this by making a group of either the walls or staircase section. 8. (This removes area from the side wall of the house which we will ignore for this exercise. only one section can be active at any time. Select View / Tourguide / Add Page. Display the planes again.) In this way you can use sections to build walls. Click Toggle Section Plane Display to clear the planes. etc. and orbit so that you are nearly facing the front of the house. if the display of section planes clutters your display.Sectioning 5. This returns you to the section at the front of the house. add components such as doors and windows. However. Right-click on the first section plane you created and select Active Cut. The current view is saved as Page 1. 10. you can always toggle their display. We will now use Pages to create a slide show in which you can see sections dynamically. 207 .

Mac: You can also click the Start Slideshow icon. Turn the planes back on. Create a new plane on the face shown. Orbit to a similar orientation as you had for Page 1. You can add these icons to your toolbar via View / Customize Toolbar. Move it so that is it just inside the front corner. Save this as Page 3. Pages and slideshows are detailed more in Chapter 9. 208 . 15. this time leaving the plane displayed. Copy this diagonal plane to the back corner and activate it. 14. and create a new page (Page 2). TIP: If you wanted to use the same exact view as Page 3. Select and rotate the plane so that it cuts the face diagonally. 12. Activate this new plane.) 13. Orbit to a similar view as Page 3. but hide the ones that you have created so far. but the display tends to get cluttered this way. (You can leave them in place. 16. Orbit to the view you want. Select View / Tourguide / Play Slideshow for a running presentation moving along the pages. At the top left of the screen you can see the tabs for all the saved views. Then activate the new plane and save the view as Page 4. Clicking a tab moves the current view dynamically to the selected view. and turn off the plane display. you could create the new plane and then click the tab for Page 3.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 11. and save as Page 4.

2. 1. using Scale to shrink the top face. Under Export Type. This enables you to export vector information. A group of cut lines appears along each plane. NOTE: See "Export and Import (Insert)" on page 274 for details on other ways to import into and export from SketchUp. which will reflect the precise measurements of your model. with sections planes representing each floor. Divide any of the near-vertical edges into 4 or 5 equal segments. click Options. Locate the first section plane at the endpoint of the first segment of the subdivided edge. Project: Copying Section Planes for Floor Plans Create a 4-story pyramid-shaped building. If you want to specify conversion parameters. 3. 2.dxf). 209 . Select File / Export / Section Slice.Sectioning Exporting Section Slices You can export an active section slice as a 2D file in the *.dxf format. *dwg or *.dwg or *. and copy the section plane to the remaining segment endpoints. select the type of file (which version of AutoCAD. Assign a file name. Right-click on each section plane and select Create Group from Slice. 1. Start with a building shaped like this.

Close the group. Copy the section. 5. .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. When you are finished with all the floors. 3. 2. display the building in X-Ray mode (hotkey: F9). Moulding 1 1. Project: Using Section Planes for Mitering NOTE: Using Intersect with Model is a much easier way to create a mitered corner. Recreate the section face . 210 . Place a section plane on the indicated vertical face. rotate it. Start with a molding section like this. and do the same editing for the other floors. Trim so that only the offset face remains. but this project shows another possible usage for sectioning. Use Rotate to move the section plane into place along the corner. and apply a contrasting color to the floor face. but this isn’t the section we want. A section is cut. and Push/Pull them both so that the mouldings overlap. Edit one of the section groups. and offset it slightly inward.

Sectioning 4. Use Erase or Select+Delete to remove all edges and faces of the overhangs. the edges are resolved to the faces. Create a slice group from this section plane. 1. 2. we will create one. in which no interior angle is 90 degrees. Create a construction line where the intersection plane will be. 5. 211 . Start with a new section. But if your section has no vertical face. Molding 2 The previous molding was easy to miter because it had a vertical face on which you could place the section plane. Retrace edges if you need to replace any faces of the portions that are to remain. When you explode the group. you need a few extra steps. Because there is no obvious face on which to place the section plane.

Create a horizontal section plane parallel at the center point of the circle. 5.. 3. 4. The rest is like before: create a group from the section slice. Draw a small vertical circle on one of the faces. edit the group. and place a section plane on this face.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. Project: Section Planes with Model Intersection Create a Follow Me series of striations along a drafted form. and trim as needed. 4. and place a construction point at its center. Group the circle so that you can easily use the whole circle in the Follow Me tool. 212 . Copy both the circle and plane twice along the diagonal edge. Create the drafted pyramid form with one arc face. Make slice groups on all planes. 1. Right-click one of the slice groups and Explode it. This leaves the lines and circles ungrouped and selected. 2. Create a vertical rectangular face from this construction line.

Start with a form like this. To activate the plane. If you double-click a face. although you can have many section planes. Explode the groups. Click the circle face to define it as the section to drive around the path. You would need to delete these one by one. however. and run Intersect with Model the whole model. it must be done within the context of the group. Be careful if you use this to delete faces of the outer tube. There is a workaround for this. Now select both the form and the section plane and group them.Sectioning 6. Edit the group. which would be easiest in Wireframe (F5) model 213 . it selects the edge plus any adjacent faces. perfectly located striations. there would be a lot less cleanup! TIP: In Select mode. only one can be active at any time.. if you double-click on an edge. It will be tedious erasing all of the tiny edges making up the curved faces. activate Follow Me Then right-click on the circle group and select Edit Group. because the edges along the pyramid form will also be selected. If your original form or cutout shape had no curves. 1. involving the use of groups. 2. Now you can erase all the faces and edges we don’t want. Do the same for the other two sets of groups. With the path already selected. You can also soften the edges. Add a section plane to one face and move it to the desired position. 7. then right-click on the section plane and select Active Cut. Deactivate the plane. Workaround: Simultaneous Section Cuts So far you’ve seen that. Here is the pyramid with the evenly-spaced. 3. 8. it selects the face and its edges.

thereby automatically activating it. you would have to create more groups.e. the next group would consist of both the previous group and the latest section plane. Then. To add more section planes. while editing the group. this can get confusing.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. This second plane can be moved easily. But then again. For numerous sections. but to move the first one you would have to edit the group once again. you would move it to the desired position. You can now add another section plane. These would be progressively nested groups .i. 214 . there aren’t too many cases in which you’d need dozens of section planes. TIP: An alternative to deactivating the section plane would be to move it away from the form before grouping. Then close the group.

Create a house with a sunroom and back patio. First. save views. Add a chimney to the side and hollow it out. 3. We will now look at some of the walk-through tools. Walk Through Tools 1. create shadows. it simulates moving and turning while exploring your model. 215 . We will now use the Walk tool to walk through the house. but you really have to play with it to get a feel for it. drag the mouse up (holding the left mouse button).9 Presentation 2. This tool is easy enough to explain in words. This chapter consists of one exercise which will show you how to walk through and look around a model. and create a slide show. Add materials as well. and add some windows and doors to the front and back. position the view so that you are standing outside the front door. facing the house straight on. place objects on different layers. such as brick. Basically. Give its faces a texture. • To walk forward.

216 . • To turn left or right. Walk does not work in Paraline mode. Walk. This simulates standing in one place and turning your head.) you can access any other camera tool by right-clicking and selecting it from the context menu. just inside the front door. You can also type in the desired angle. From the front door.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook • To walk backward. hotkey: Alt+P). hotkey: Shift+L) to turn from the point where you are standing. You can enter a different Eye Height (displayed in the VCB) if you want to stand in a higher or lower • Drag the mouse up and down to look up and down. • Drag the mouse from side to side to turn your head. to face the opposite side wall. jumping to a higher or lower floor). Use Look Around (Camera / Look Around. • Perspective mode must be on (Camera / Perspective. Activate Walk (Camera / Walk. Another useful tool is Look Around. press Shift and move the mouse up or down to change the number of degrees you can see. • To move up or down (for example. drag the mouse upward to pass through the door into the house. • To move (not turn) left or right. You can use Walk in conjunction with Zoom (Camera / Zoom. hold Shift while dragging the mouse up or down. 4. 5. • While walking or turning. hotkey: Z). TIP: While in any camera tool (Zoom. etc. hotkey: W). In Zoom. See "Perspective Mode" on page 264. Orbit. hold Shift while dragging the mouse to either side. which you can use to change your field of vision. drag the mouse down. Use Zoom if necessary to adjust your angle of vision. or a focal length (such as 35mm). drag the mouse to either side. you can press Ctrl/Option to move faster (this is called the “run” feature and is handy for large models).

Now adjust your viewing position so that you are facing into the sunroom at a slight angle. This view will be saved as a page. Insert some components. After moving and turning using Walk. and make an arched cutout. TIP: You already know that you can change your field of vision in the Zoom tool. Activate Walk again so that you can move forward and face inside the sunroom. Be sure to include units. you should now be looking into the sunroom. like 6’. you may easily move yourself outside the house. especially if you are unfamiliar with their handling. enter a reasonable value. or the number will be interpreted as Eye Height. You can always go back to your previous view using Undo View Change. Fill in the wall separating the sunroom from the main house. 8. like a sofa and coffee table.Presentation 6. But you can also do this while in Walk. NOTE: While using the camera tools. to simulate an actual (tall) person. Make this dividing wall a brick wall.) 217 . Look in the VCB to see the current Eye Height (your VCB might look different). If necessary. 9. by entering a value like 75deg or 35mm. 7.

By default. This adds a page after the existing one. 1. This updates the page name. 6. rename the page In Sun Room and press Enter. page. The page is listed as a tab at the top left directly above the modeling window (Mac: centered above the modeling window). pages can be added to a slide show. you also saved all the properties (camera. Select Window / Pages. NOTE: you can also click Add in the Page window to add a new 2. 3. etc. You can now click this tab whenever you want to return to this view. Click Add to create the first page. This opens the Pages window (also known as Page Manager).). 4. Move the view to one like this. Right-click on the Page 2 tab and select Page Manager. 218 . in which you can create and modify pages. called Page 2. 5. so these will be included with the view each time you return to it. Change the name of this tab to Facing Sun Room and press Enter. shadows. Select View / Tourguide / Add Page.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Pages Pages are the equivalent of saving views. With the Page window still open. In addition.

To get the desired viewing order. Use Move Up and Move Down to change the order of the list. You cannot use layers to isolate geometry. right-click on Facing Sun Room and select Move Left. 9. 10. Mac: Select View / Customize Toolbars. 12. To create new layers you must open the Layer Manager. This creates Page 3. NOTE: For Windows users. Currently there is only one layer in the model . Call this new page Facing Patio Door. or select Window / Layers. NOTE: You can also control page order via the right-facing arrow at the top of the Pages window. stand in the sunroom and face the back door. Therefore. 219 . Use the Page window to change the name to Facing Entrance. make sure View / Toolbars / Layers is checked. This is now the correct order. 8. if you don’t see this icon.Presentation 7. Layers are used in SketchUp for display purposes only to show / hide objects and to display objects of a certain type by a certain color. Right-click on the last page you created and select Add.for this you can use groups or components. you should face the sunroom before standing inside it. For the last page (for now).Layer 0 (the default layer for every drawing). Click the Layer Manager icon. They are listed from left to right in the order in which they were created. Your page tabs should now look like the following. 1. or prevent geometry from interacting with adjacent geometry . Turn and move so that you can see the front door and the chimney outline. Layers We are now ready to place objects on different layers. 11.

as with components and materials. Click Add and create a new layer called Furniture. You can use this window as another way to change the layer of a single selected object. TIP: Once you have different objects on different layers. To clean out unneeded layers. 220 . Right-click on a face and select Area / Layer. 6. in this case Layer 0 is both. and select all pieces of furniture you inserted. you need to click Purge. TIP: For both Windows and Mac.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook If you see extra layers listed. In the Layers window. such as Glass. Go to the Facing Sunroom page. which is used if you click Color by Layer. select them all. The layer color here is not important. TIP: Color by Layer is useful when you want to visualize how objects are divided onto layers. select the layer to which you want to object assigned. Mac: To change the layer of selected objects. Ctrl/Cmd selects individual layers. The layer with the dot is the active layer . 4. Now when you select a piece of furniture. If you do have extra layers. another way to set a layer as active is to select it from the Select Layer drop-down menu. 3. Open this list and select Furniture . The layer is listed. 2.) You can choose to relocate the contents of these layers to the Default (Layer0) or Current layer (the one with the circle filled in). you can get the area of all faces on a particular layer. open their Entity Info window. using Shift or Ctrl/Cmd and click Delete. 5. the Furniture layer appears in the dropdown menu . Go to the In Sunroom page. Each layer is assigned a color. Right-click on a piece of furniture and select Entity Info. they were added when you inserted components. This hides all objects on this layer. Also. uncheck the Visible box for the Furniture layer. Windows: in the Select Layer dropdown menu you can see that the pieces currently sit on Layer 0. (Shift selects contiguous layers. empty layers are not automatically deleted.this moves all selected items to the new layer. All layers are listed in the dropdown menu.objects created now will be placed on that layer.

you want to be able to change what appears on a page. TIP: To delete layers that have no objects. (Don’t forget to use Update. 7.) 8. Now update the Facing Entrance and Facing Patio Door pages so that the Chimney layer is hidden on them.Presentation The view should now look like this . without every single change being recorded and saved. (You could also select View / Tourguide / Update Page. 9. click on the right-facing arrow and select Purge. This makes sense . if you switch to another page and switch back. or change a page’s view.simply create a layer called Chimney. and place all chimney faces and edges on it. Hiding layers in different pages is useful for showing what a space will look like under various scenarios. you must update it. Easily done . To save the current status of the page. and right-click the page name and select Update.) Now the chimney outlines are not visible in these views. Make sure the furniture is hidden. Suppose you want to be able to show this house with or without the chimney. 221 . Changes such as these that you make to pages are not saved automatically. At this point. the furniture will reappear.no furniture in the sunroom.

Make this view a page called Back Yard Landscaped. We want this to be a new page. and hide this layer. Spin around the face the back yard.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 10. This is what your page order should look like: 222 . and add some trees and shrubs. Front Yard Option 2 12. it should go before Back Yard Landscaped. Use layers and pages to switch back and forth between the two options. Place all greenery on a layer called Rear Landscaping. but rather than place it at the end. Here are two examples: Front Yard Option 1 11. Try It Yourself Create two different landscape designs for the front of the house.

In this view you are standing in the sun room. Go to the Facing Patio Door page. offset about 2’ from the back wall. and create a construction line on the floor. just from a different location. the view changes to represent a 5’-6” person standing at the camera location. If you want to define the camera direction. Construction lines are very helpful in this case.you must place the camera at both the desired location and desired height. so that you stay on the floor. the eye height is no longer assumed . Both methods will be shown here. As soon as you click. facing toward the back corner of the house. Note that the default Eye Height is listed as 5’-6” this can be changed but it makes sense for this case. Place the camera at a point on the floor between the patio door and the adjacent window. 4. 3.Presentation Position Camera Another way you can change your camera view is to position the camera in a specific place. Make sure the On Face constraint appears. Move back a bit. or click and drag to define where the camera is facing. 1. You are still facing the same direction as before. 2.) 223 .either click to locate and the current view direction is preserved. (This picture is shown in wireframe for display purposes you can do this just as easily in shaded mode. There are two ways to do this . Select Camera / Position Camera.

but drag it in the axis direction that extends into the back yard.if anything is added to the back yard. of the pages in your model. 1. Deactivating this option is useful when you want to save certain views but omit them from a presentation. If the Rear Landscaping layer is visible. Here you can select any page and modify its properties. and you are facing straight into the back yard. Select Camera / Position Camera and click on the construction line at a point facing out the first window from the patio door. To represent the desired eye height. such as a pool or gazebo. • Include in Slideshow: Determines whether the page will be included in the slide show. This could be a good view to save as a page .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 5. Open the Page Manager (Pages window). you should see some shrubs and trees. 6. the view changes so that your eye is at the camera location. Tour Guide / Slideshow The slide show is a great way to present an animated view. When you release the mouse. 7. you’ll want to return to this view to see if the new items can be seen from the window. in order. 224 . Move the construction line vertically (blue direction) about 5-’6” or so. Do not release the mouse.

For Back Yard Landscaped. 3. TIP: Another way to scroll through the pages is to use the PageUp and PageDown keys. 4. 5. For Back Yard Landscaped. For any option that is not selected. and make it the first page. the page will use the relevant settings of the previous page.Presentation • Properties to save: The various conditions that can be preserved for the page. outside front view of the house. Make a view like this one. Each page will appear on the screen. In this window you can set the timing and transition options for the slide show. which opens the Model Info to the Tourguide page. 7. You can add this icon via View / Customize Toolbar. or select View / Tourguide / Play Slideshow. The easiest way to demonstrate page settings is to manipulate the setting of hidden layers. 8. uncheck Layers. Click on pages Back Yard and Back Yard Landscaped . If any of the items are unchecked. starting from the active page. the settings will be preserved from the last active page.the only difference between these is the layers that are visible. in order. Select View / TourGuide / Settings. Now click again on Back Yard and Back Yard Landscaped (in order). Right-click on any page tab and select Slideshow (Windows only). Set the options so that page transitions are enabled. Back Yard Landscaped will now display those layers that were visible in Back Yard. Mac: You can also click the Start Slideshow icon. so these two pages should look the same. 6. reset the Layers option. 225 . call it something like Front Iso View. In your presentation you would probably want to start off with a general. 2.

See "Exporting Animation" on page 275. 226 .skp files. Press Stop to end the slide show. 10. without actual viewing shadows. You can accept the default blue and green colors. or Window / Shadow Settings / Display Shadows. or adjust them. You can press Pause or Stop any time. First. or it will continue. Mac: you can add the Shadows icon to the toolbar via View / Customize Toolbar. Open the Model Info to the Colors tab and check Gradient. select View / Toolbars / Shadows. 1. This is how the house should look with a sky and ground added. Once your slide show has been created to your satisfaction. NOTE: To view faces as though the sun is hitting them. Sky and Ground under Background. you can export it to an animation file. this enables you to share your designs with those who do not have SketchUp installed. If you don’t see this. You can also select View / Shadows.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 9.) Shadows SketchUp’s shadow casting tools is a great way to present a realistic view of your model. check Use sun for shading on the Display Settings window. set the sky and ground conditions so that the shadows will look more realistic. The current page is indicated by the page tabs at the top of the screen. and without having to transfer *. Among other things. and to see how the model will look under various conditions of time and location. (Mac: You can also stop the slideshow by clicking on one of the page tabs. Windows: The shadow commands are available on the Shadows toolbar.

This is equivalent to clicking the Toggle Shadows icon. 7. so you don’t want to use them all the time. TIP: Selecting Show Details will open Light and Dark options. Light: Controls the tonal balance of the lighting in the SketchUp display. By default. Click the arrow and select Location. Windows: Be sure that Toggle Shadows is clicked. Mac (and Windows): Use Window / Shadow Settings. To change this. Here you can set the country and city where your model is located. of course. the latitude and longitude of this location determine how the shadows will appear.Presentation NOTE: Keeping these background effects active will slow down the performance of the model. 5. Use the default of Boulder. • On Ground: Casts shadows onto the ground plane. and Dark controls the amount of ambient lighting. you should see the shadows cast on the house. a bold north line will be shown on the model. Pick a spring/summer month like May or June. This page contains the same options as the Shadow Settings window. 6. This opens the Location page of Model Info. This may have severely impact performance impact on slower computers. plus a few extra options.) This example uses 135 degrees. you can click Select and select two points in the model to align the arrow. Now click the Shadows page. The rest of the options are explained below: 3. click the Shadow Dialog icon to open the Sunlight and Shadow Options. Colorado because this is where @Last Software is located. After your date and time are set. north is aligned along the positive direction of the green axis. but to set the location you need more options. 2. and a time in the early morning. and from the house to the ground. Light controls he amount of diffuse lighting. • From Edges: Casts shadows from stand-alone edges (lines drawn in space that are not connected to any faces. or those using software rendering. 4. or using hotkey: Alt+S. Display Shadows: Toggles the display of shadows. (You can also enter a new value in the North Angle field. NOTE: The default location is Boulder. • On Faces: Casts shadows on faces. • Show in Model: If checked. In Windows. You can also set the North direction. 227 . Colorado. You can use the sliders on the Shadows toolbar to set the time and date.

set the time later in the afternoon. With the north angle. but by now you can see how they are all related. Use the slider to get an early morning shadow. the shadows should look something like this: 12. date and time set as specified. 10. or be sure the Shadows icon is activated (if it is on the toolbar). 9. 8. Now you should see sunlight entering from the back windows. click Facing Entrance. Make this a page called May. 13. and/or slide show to create a masterful presentation of your model! 228 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Mac: Check View / Shadows. For the Facing Entrance page. If the rear landscaping is visible on this page. Late Afternoon. uncheck Shadows. You can combine the walk-through tools. If you click from one shadow page to the other. you should see shadows from the trees in the back yard as well. With May. You can specify in the Page window to be omitted from the slide show. Either in the Shadow Settings window or by using the slider in the Shadows toolbar. You should see sunlight from the front windows cast along the side wall. TIP: You can play with the Light and Dark options to control how light the interior will appear. Make a page of this view called something like May. location. You can also see the effects of shadows inside the house. layers. pages. Late Afternoon still active. you can dynamically view the effects of the sun passing over the sky over the course of the day. The shadows now appear in the other direction. This chapter covered several topics. This will cause the shadows on this page to match the settings from the previous page. shadows. Early Morning. or you can leave it in. or be sure Display shadows is checked in the Shadow Settings window. 11.

The end of the construction line is the point where the building footprint will start. green. All three values (red. For the next point. Let’s assume the first point of the building is at a known distance from the origin. 229 . its intent is for simple design and easy modification . as we will see later. 2. (You do need to specify 0 for the blue direction. designing using exact dimensions isn’t exactly what makes SketchUp so unique. This chapter focuses on the design of a building (three buildings. and set the snap length to 2’. it is certainly doable. you probably won’t use exact values for an entire design. the value will still be interpreted correctly. Click Enable length snapping. you can always enter any type of number in any unit. we will enter an exact coordinate. And for each tool. These are entered in square brackets.using square brackets . The first step is always to set the units you will be working in. Open the Model Info window to the Units page.) 1. and the way units are listed in the Value Control Box (VCB). conceptualization. This sets the default method of input. If you wanted inches or different units. blue) must be entered. and press Enter. you will see how to enter exact values. however.10 Using Exact Dimensions Creating Exact Geometry SketchUp is not CAD.0] .in a word. If you add a foot symbol.6. Type [13. way you can input dimensions. Perhaps you’ll be working with a specific area on a site plan. When using SketchUp as intended. This does not limit the NOTE: You do not have to use the foot symbol because you set Feet as the default unit. So. But it is certainly conceivable that part of your work will require working with known numbers.5.which appears in the VCB. Let’s work in Decimal Feet. actually) in which all of the drawing tools are used. you would have to add the appropriate symbol. or you’ll need to incorporate components of known dimensions. Use Measure and start the construction line at the origin.

This line is too short. Angle brackets are used to specify relative distances . Type <7. The 40’ line is created. Too short. 0> and press Enter. 5.25.5. 8. When the perpendicular inference appears. 7. Start with the slope. Start a line in the red axis and make it 40’ long. or type 40 and press Enter. 230 . 6. type 10. you can simply type <3. The line is extended to the correct length. 4. type 22. Now type the desired length .0> and press Enter. The next line will be diagonal. As long as another line has not yet been started (so don’t move the mouse). For a 3: 5 slope.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 3. but it establishes the correct direction. keeping the 3:5 slope.5. The next line is to be perpendicular to this last line. Add two more lines in the red and green directions to complete the footprint.distances from the line’s start point. you can still change the line you just drew. 20. You can use snapping (the values in the VCB update every 2 feet). Assume we know the desired slope and total length.

11.5. 13. The first (red) length should be 25’ . If you draw a rectangle now. Two lengths are displayed . The next form. Use Measure to create an offset construction line 11’-3” from the diagonal line. 10. 231 . Note that the lengths change relative to the first point you selected for the rectangle . To change the other dimension. and for the first corner click the point on the construction line in the green direction from Point A. Type .67 (note the comma at the beginning) to change the width only. 15.red and green lengths. You can change both lengths or just one length. 12.19. To leave one length as is. Look in the VCB. but we want a diagonal rectangle. Press Enter. its width can be set later.. will be located a set distance from the first diagonal line you drew. type 12. So use the Axes tool to set new axes. we can still adjust the other length. Now activate Rectangle.the length of line A-B. green” format. Click to create the rectangle. a rectangle.{Point C). leave it blank in the “red. but the length remains 25’. you can do the same for rectangles. 14.Using Exact Dimensions 9. The green length updates as you move the mouse. Assuming the 25’ length is to be fixed. Set the other corner in the green direction from Point B. it will be aligned in the red and green directions. The width changes. Just as you can change line lengths after they are created.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 16. Assuming you don’t remember how far the rectangle is from line A-B. on the other side of the larger form. Let’s modify the first form to be symmetric. Copy the rectangle and use Scale to mirror it. Create a construction line the same offset distance. 20. Right-click on any axis and select Reset. Then drag it by Point G. You can now create lines D-E and E-F. We need to switch back to the default axes. Trim the lines. 19. 23. 18. To mirror line A-B. erase the constructions (You can use Edit / Construction Geometry / Erase) and redraw as necessary to complete the symmetric form. Now we’ll create a mirror image of the rectangle. 17. 232 . 21. Use it again to create a 31-degree construction line from the opposite corner. use Measure to measure it. The angle (31. 22.0 degrees) appears in the VCB. to the point along the construction line in the red direction from Point C. from line D-E. Press Esc to release the protractor. first use Protractor to measure its angle from vertical.

233 . The window tells you that an edge is selected.67 + 19. The length is listed in the units and precision you set at the beginning of the exercise. Now select only the face (no edges). Mac: At this time. 6. If the Entity Info window isn’t open. 4. 2. But for an easier way. In Select mode. display it (Windows / Entity Info). This gives you the area of the selected face. 5. Of course. Select all 3 faces created so far. In Windows. This works for curved edges as well. 1. Mac: At this time. This is the perimeter of the 6-edge building. select the edge shown. Then Shift-select the face to deselect it.67 = 64. If you change the units (in Model Info). In Windows.5’. you get the total area .Using Exact Dimensions Entity Info This window enables you to obtain lengths and areas of one or more objects. Entity Info will indicate how many entities are selected. you can keep it closed if you want to maximize your work space. you could select all 6 edges separately. Entity Info will not give the length of more than one selected edge. Entity Info now informs you that 4 edges are selected. and its length is 12. but won't give you a total area for more than one face. double-click the face to select it and all its bounding edges. 3.the footprint of the 3 buildings. If you select a combination of edges and faces. The beauty of this small window is that you can keep it open all the time without interfering with your work. you need to reselect the edge to see the change.5 + 12. But length and area are only listed for entities of the same type. Entity Info will tell you how many total entities are selected. To get the perimeter of the main building.5 + 19. Now select the other edges 3 of the rectangle. and their total length is listed (12.34).

the first dimension (1700) is applied to this side. Enter 24. for example. you need to include the “mm” symbols. if you use certain components that are in metric dimensions. Before. NOTE: If you changed the units to decimal mm. Type 1700mm. the first dimension number is applied to the longer side! So start with a rectangle whose horizontal sides are longer than the vertical sides. Enter 1500mm for the arc bulge. Use Arc to create the archway above the door. So the rectangle switches from horizontal to vertical. 5. NOTE: You would have gotten the same result if you started out with a vertical rectangle. Start creating a rectangle on the front face. The way you draw the initial rectangle is important when applying dimensions. Activate Push/Pull and pull one of the forms upward. clicking the second corner. but you design buildings in English units. and move the cursor upward to define the direction of the arc. Enter 750mm. copy. This can be useful. You can also use units other than the default units. but this section extends that knowledge to using exact move / copy distances and rotation angles. or immediately after. 6. Press Enter to create the rectangle. Double-click the other two forms to pull them up to the same height.it would be the default input unit. and entered 2400mm.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Exact Moving and Copying You already know how to move. Because the horizontal legs were initially longer. you would not have to type mm . Too large.2400mm. 4. Click the two endpoints of the top edge of the rectangle. We will now create cutouts that will used as windows and doors of the center building. but it’s not too late to change it. and rotate. 2. 1700mm. 3. Since these are different units than the default (decimal feet). 234 . The VCB tells you the height of the form. you can specify the dimensions. 7. 1.

Start to move the window again by its lower midpoint 11.5. Entity Info tells you how many edges. 13. etc.67. faces. Move the door by the midpoint of its lower edge. 10. To make moving and copying easier. 9. At this point it’s useful to go back to Architectural units. Shrink the window so that the scale factor snaps to 0. and erase the face to create a cutout. are contained in the group. make the door a group. but provides no details. This cutout shape will be used for the windows and another door. Make a copy of the door and activate Scale. so type 0. so do this in the Units page of the Model Info. 235 . placing it at the midpoint of the bottom of the face. Move the window so that its lower midpoint sits at the endpoint of the lower left corner of the face. Mac: Entity Info will tell you that a group has been selected. This is a more reasonable size. Erase the dividing line. A bit small for the window we want. You can also type this value manually.Using Exact Dimensions 8. 14. 12.

14’2>. A better way to copy windows on this face would be to create a copy at the farthest spacing. you can still type in decimal values . This face is 40’ long. Now type 5x. 20. Type 6’ to set the window spacing. 19. because the units are now set to architectural. so try 5’-4”. This won’t work at the current spacing. Enter <4’. Copy this window anywhere in the lateral direction. Enter this value.33’. We can squeeze in one more window on this face. 16. the spacing between the first and last window is 32’. 5. 17. then divide the space in between. so don’t forget to include a zero placeholder for the green direction. Also.in this case. and we want 4’ from each side to the window centers. Therefore. This creates a total of five copies. 18.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 15. 236 . we will use the angle bracket format.0. Don’t forget the foot symbols. evenly spaced at 6’. the movement is in the red-blue plane. To place it exactly relative to the face corner. so type 6x. TIP: Even though you’re working in architectural units.

NOTE: Like with the other tools where exact values are used. and and use Ctrl/Option so that the scaling will be relative to the center of the door. and the factor will be adjusted afterward. and fix them. Use Offset on the three front edges of the roof. We will now create the top floor. by dragging its lower midpoint to the midpoint of Edge A-B. Activate Scale. Type 14’ to set the offset distance. The windows are a bit crowded. change the number of windows by entering 5/. 24. zoom in closely to see if there are slight overhangs. This would happen if there were slight innaccuracies when creating the footprint. Type 6/ (note the division symbol) to divide this 32’ length into six spaces between windows (7 total windows). 26.Using Exact Dimensions 21. such as rounding digits of angles. The scale factor appears in the VCB. but you cannot update it while Ctrl/Option is pressed. Push/Pull this face upward 13’. Let’s make this door a bit wider. If the offset edges are thick. So click anywhere to scale the door. 23. 237 . Copy the arched door to the top floor. 25. you can continue to update the offset distance. 22.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 27. and select Explode Curve. Draw a horizontal half-circle arc whose diameter is Edge A-B. you can verify the new width by switching to decimal mm units.25 to increase the original width by 25%. We want to locate the midpoint of Edge A-B. 238 . zoom in closely to the ends of the arc and fix them. 32.25 times 1700 mm. but you cannot do this while the arc is a “pure” arc. To resolve this arc. create a construction line parallel to Edge A-B. 33. Offset the arc inward 9” (for inches you do not need to include the “ symbol).5’. We will now add some railing posts. 28. be sure to switch back to architectural units. 34. This breaks the arc into separate segments whose midpoints can be found. Right-click on the outer arc. Now for the roof deck. Push/Pull this parapet to a height of 1’-6”. Zoom in on the first segment of the parapet wall. or 1. indicating that it is not aligned in the plane of the lower roof. 30. and measuring the width. If you do this step. 31. The inner arc has thick lines. which is 1. You can type 18. that passes through the midpoint of Edge A-C. or 1’6. It should be 2125mm. To place the post exactly in the center of the wall. 29. If you want. Type 1.

you can still change this value. 37. Make the post a group. Not enough to go all the way around. A 6” diameter post is a bit large. Place a circle centered on the construction line. Mac: Entity Info tells you only that a group has been selected. 40. 38. 36. Type (or snap to) 15 degrees. In Windows. 39. Either before or after clicking the second point to create the circle. 239 . so type 11x. we use the same format as for linear copies. Use Rotate to make rotated copies of the post. As always. The edge count includes edges along the cylinder that are currently hidden. type 3 to define the radius as 3”. Entity Info tells you how many faces and edges are in this group.Using Exact Dimensions 35. Use Push/Pull to make a 2’ post from this circle. so type 2 (for a 4” diameter post). To make an array. This is a good size. Type 8x for eight copies (nine posts). in the red direction from the midpoint of Edge A-B.

but the posts are wide enough to for someone to fall through. Note the circles on this face. Change the spacing to 25/. You can still change the rotation angle as well. Now for the top rail. the face is a single face. you can set the angle between the first and last copy and set number of spaces in between. 46.0. It’s easiest to use Shift-locking for this. 44. Copy the top face of the parapet wall to the top of the posts. If the posts had not been grouped.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 41. 42. As with linear copies. these circles would be separate faces within the rail face. One foot is a pretty safe clear distance. Rotate-copy the same post once more. and remove every other post. Type 165 to place the last copy. 47. the posts do not affect this rail face.2’>. If you hide the front face. But since they are groups. you can all the copies. 45. indicating where the posts meet the face. 43. Use Measure to measure the clear distance between posts. Because the number of copies was not changed. they are all still there. but we can check to make sure. This looks nice. Replace the hidden face and undo the copies. 240 . Now type 8/ to create eight spaces (nine posts). Enter 30 to double the spacing. This looks much safer. TIP: You could also enter a relative move value of <0.

You can now copy the doorway from the cube. 52. Push/Pull the face up 6” to create the top rail. (The inner face is smooth. Continuing on. Start by copying the doorway on the top floor onto the side of the box that faces the main building. 51. straight along the red axis.Using Exact Dimensions 48. we will join the main building with the two side buildings. align the axes to the outbuilding first. until it hits the parallel face of the main building.) 50. Here is what your roof deck should look like. activate Erase. 49. To copy this doorway onto the main building. The outer face of the top rail is segmented because we exploded the original outer arc. To soften these vertical segment edges. Don’t worry about exact placement you already know how. press Ctrl/Option and click or pass over the edges. 241 .

Mirror it and move it into place.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 53. NOTE: Another way to create mirrored objects is to use components together with the Scale tool. The posts are copied from the main building. 6” top rail. With this method you wouldn’t have to copy objects from one out-building to the other. To place the same bridge on the other side. 2’-0” posts. and are spaced about 1’ apart. 54. Start by making a copy of the bridge plus the doorways and walls on either side. The one shown below has the same overall dimensions as the rail on the roof deck: 1’-6” parapet. 242 . You can now create a bridge linking these two doorways. You can create something simpler. but this looks pretty nice and ties the structures together. all edits you make to one building are automatically reflected in the other. we will use the same method as we used for copying the rectangles.

but labels are not associative (they will not update if there are geometric or unit changes). 5. 3.00 * 19. Right-click on the face and select Area / Selection. A better way to show measurements is to use Dimensions. As with all measurements. 1. The area is displayed . As you’ve already seen. NOTE: Text works well for labeling dimensions.24. Another way to get the area of a face is through its Entity Info. 243 . 2. you only have to select the new edge to see its length. open Entity Info for the edge shown.Using Exact Dimensions Measuring Length and Area You can check lengths of edges and areas of faces. Now for area measurements. 6. similar to edges. Now use the Text tool to label these measurements. Existing labels will not update. when Entity Info is open. If you change the units. however. and use the Text tool to label these measurements. Do the same calculation on the edge shown. the text is created in the current units.67 = 472. 4. all subsequent labels will reflect the change. On one of the out-buildings.

you can use Entity Info (which. 8. If you want the area of multiple faces. Another way to get a multiple-face area calculation is to place all faces on the same layer. as described below. can also calculate the length of multiple edges). Right-click any of these faces and select Area / Material. 10. The Area / Selection method only works for a single face. in Windows.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 7. The combined area of all 4 faces is calculated.” 244 . NOTE: You can also right-click on the material thumbnail in the In Model tab of the Material Browser. Use Text to label the area. Or you can assign materials or manipulate layers. and select Area. 9. click Add) called something like “Outbuilding Facade. Open the Materials browser and assign any material to the 4 front faces shown below. Create a new layer (Window / Layers.

You can replace the modified materials and layers. the box will be scaled relative to the current red and green axes. 12. short section demonstrates using exact scale values when scaling in 3D. you can change the scale factor in two dimensions . Align the axes once again to the box (right out-building) form. Remember. You can do this with the Entity Info window. Place the two front out-building faces on the new layer. Display the layer again. Otherwise. or leave them as they are. 2. and 944 is twice that value. Select the corner midpoint handle shown. 1. 3. Select the two faces shown and activate Scale. Because this handle allows non-uniform scaling by default (though you can change this by pressing Shift).red and green. and right-click on either of the faces. 245 . Scaling in 3D This last.Using Exact Dimensions 11. the area of one face was 472. Select Area / Layer to see the combined area of the faces.

Move the cursor to see how this handle can be moved. Don’t forget to separate the values by a comma. But press Shift. By default this handle scales uniformly. blue. Note that adjacent faces are automatically folded when required by the scaled faces. and multiple the green dimension by three. 5.5. Enter 0.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. and you can change the scale in all three directions. and to list them in order of red. and note the two comma-separated values in the VCB.3 to reduce the red dimension to one-half. then enter values to modify the scaling. 246 . You cannot enter values while Shift is pressed. Now click the corner handle shown. 6. but you can click anywhere to scale. green.

not a curved one. Create the base as a half-cylinder. then select the arc face. Why does this happen? Undo and activate Follow Me. as you’ll see. Use arcs to create the shape of the dome. Zoom in closely and manually extrude the face along the arc. 247 . 1. The face is Push/Pull’ed along the first arc segment . 4.11 In-Depth Projects Domed Apse Here is a neat way to create a domed apse. This method shows you how to extrude a face along a 180-degree arc. 2. Try using Follow Me (you need to first explode the base to use its arc edge. This first extrusion segment is the reason for the notched result. and we’ll try this using another method. Group the base to keep it from sticking to other objects. The resulting dome has a small notch in the center not the dome we want. Extruding a face along a curved that is less than a complete circle is slightly problematic.a straight-line extrusion. 3.) 5. Undo back to the point at which the base is still grouped. Create a vertical construction line starting from the center of the cylinder.

Rotate-copy the dome wedge enough times to cover the base. Select the inner arc face. and use Move with Autofold to move the inner vertex of the dome slice to the inner vertex of the base. Try it Yourself Double the rotation angle to get this: The dome slice is now aligned with the base. Push/Pull the arc form to the first inner edge of the base. This is how the apse appears with softened edges. Display hidden edges by pressing F4. rotate it as shown. 7. With the inner face still selected. 8. Modify the dome section to get this: 248 .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 6. 9.

if you smooth each edge individually by right-clicking and selecting Soften. NOTE: For the smooth version (without interior faces). 4. This explains why. Smoothing Faces of Rotate-Copied Curved Objects For the exercise you just did. it still has a faceted look. Start with the results of the previous exercise. right-click and select Soften/Smooth Edges. the wall cannot be smoothed. the side faces of the rotated object should be removed. Use the Erase tool with Ctrl/Option pressed. 249 . you will still get a faceted (not smooth) look. when you smooth the edges. Each copied segment has side walls.In-Depth Projects Or this: 2. You can now soften the edges without the facets. 3. Rotate-copy these two faces over the 180-degree arc. To change this. As long as interior walls are joined to the exterior wall. you need to consider the interior walls of copied objects and how they affect edge smoothing. Replace the front faces by creating lines. Look at the results in X-Ray mode (F9). 1. or select all edges.

Rotate it by clicking anywhere on Construction Line D. and orient it toward Point C. but if you look at the underside of the cube you can see that Face E is not aligned to Construction Line D. rotated to Construction Line D.inserting a component onto a face that does not conform to the red-green-blue planes.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Aligning Any Two Faces This may not be a situation you run across very often. activate Rotate. Face A is now rotated. Rotate the top of the cylinder. It’s actually not as complex as it seems when you sit down and try it. 1. The first two rotations will reference the construction line where the cube now sits. The cube must be rotated three times to have the correct orientation. Rotate the cube as before . Create any two construction lines on this face. 4. Start with a cylinder and a small cube. 250 . 2. placed on Point F. Align the protractor with Face A. but it’s still useful to understand how this works.aligned with Face E. anchor it to Point B. reference line along Edge F-G. The cube will be rotated to sit on this face. you might find it applicable for components . 3. With the cube still selected. While this example is simplistic. Select the cube and move it by dragging one of its corners to meet one of the construction lines.

2. place the protractor on Point K. 3. Obviously in such a case you’d probably rather draw the window directly into the face. Align with Face J.In-Depth Projects Now the edge between Faces A and E is aligned to Construction Line D. The last unaligned face can now be rotated. Draw three arcs to create a vertical face representing the section of the mouse at the top. It’s easiest to pick one of the points where M meets the rotated face. 251 . and rotated to the other construction line (M). An example of a case in which you’d have to use this method would be inserting a window into a rotated face perhaps a skylight. using some simple tools and a bit of creativity. to approximate the bottom face of the mouse. but if you need to use a certain component you may need to know how to align it. The cube now has the correct orientation. Curvy Things SketchUp can be used to model almost anything. In the red-green plane. This exercise will create a mouse. set the reference line along Edge K-L. Move the cube to sit atop the cylinder. Now draw an arc to represent how the mouse changes shape from top to bottom. Erase the face enclosed by the curves. draw a few tangent arcs plus a line across the top. but the method can be applied to anything. 5. 1.

Select the front face of this “slice” and activate Scale. so that the bottom face will stay flat. 6. You want to scale this face so that it meets each of the three profile curves. Or you can just use an offset distance that feels right.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 4. You can drag using a corner handle to scale two sides at once. 8. TIP: Non-uniform scaling is required here. Move the left side handle so that the bottom corner meets the left profile curve. 252 . You can use the endpoint of the first segment of one of the profile curves as the limit. but be sure to keep Shift pressed. Select all profile curves (do not select the face) and group them. 7. And do the same on the right side. Push/Pull the section face out. You now have a section face and three profile curves. First. drag the top center handle up so that the face meets the top profile curve. 5.

Usually a right-handed mouse has an indentation on the left side for your thumb. either by the same distance you used before (simple double-click the face). You can fill in the last few lines by hand. you may want to use divide the area into 2 or 3 iterations. Scale the front face as before.it is scaled enough. The way to handle this is to scale the left arc gradually so that it turns from convex to concave. or you can Push/Pull to the end of the profile and scale the face almost to nothing. or to the next segment endpoint. For the last segment. 11. perform the same series of steps: The basic shape is complete. so that the top and lower two corners meet the profile curves. do the Push/Pull and Scale step. Over the next three iterations. The profile curves are no longer needed. Push/Pull this scaled face. but we can dress up the mouse a bit. 253 . and drag the outer side handle slightly inward. 10. but leave the left arc as is . For the remainder of the mouse. 12. Activate Scale on this arc.In-Depth Projects 9. We’ll do this over three segment iterations.

To add another “twist.it can be used to make anything. Use Move to place the wheel where it belongs. bring in a Sphere component from the Shapes category. Here’s another example with a section face and three profile curves: 14. and unsoften some edges to block off the button areas.” you can even rotate the scaled faces. This method is so flexible . 254 . and to push in the sides. Use Scale to adjust the overall size. For the mouse wheel. Use your Materials browser or palette to color the mouse and its three buttons. 15. Use hidden edges as a guide and edges.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook 13.

The beams are W8x15: And the connectors are angles L1. These are used at various lengths and copied to get a frame like this: Between the beams run C4x7. Get the overall dimensions correct. but the exact steel thickness is not important. and edit them to give them length.5x1/4: 255 .25 channels: The columns are TS8x6x1/5: Create each of the following shapes in their own file (red-green plane) and save each to a component folder. rotate and move as needed.5x1.In-Depth Projects Steel Frame This project requires just four steel sections components. You can then insert components.

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The beam-column connection is made with two angles. 256 . Multiple channels run between beams. Edit the channel webs to extend back to the beam web. and connect each channel with two angles.

257 .In-Depth Projects Use Copy and Flip (or Scale) to make both ends of the channel the same. Add another beam and column. and connect the channels to the new beam.

then assemble them into a house. Create the notch at the end by rotating and moving into place. 258 . Log Cabin Use components to make notched logs.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Then copy the whole frame to the other side. Make cutouts for an arched doorway and windows. and add more columns. Start with a basic cylindrical component. and overlap them and trim.

Flatten the top and bottom logs. Stack logs and create the corner.In-Depth Projects The notches should be cut so that they extends 1/4 depth into the log. Make cutout shapes for the door and window. 259 .

and separate the steps vertically by the same height. Create a railing path. Edit the step component. Rotate-copy. 260 . Use trimmed lines and concentric circles to define the shape of one step.section along it. using components.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Spiral Staircase Create a spiral staircase with a railing. and drive a cross. Make the step a component.

261 . • The toolbars contain icons for adjusting shading. (Equivalent hotkey: F6) Clicking the arrow at the top of this window opens the following submenu: Faces are displayed. (Equivalent hotkey: F5) Hidden Line (hotkey: F6): Looks like wireframe display. textures. See "Model Info > Display" on page 266. and transparency display. Sections: Opens the Section Planes page of the Model Info.12 Program Settings This chapter covers certain aspects and settings of the user interface you may want to manipulate. There are no faces displayed. See "Model Info > Colors" on page 264. • The Display Settings window is one that you may want displayed all the time. which you cannot do in wireframe. Hide Details: Removes the lower half of the window. Displays the model as a collection of simple lines. You can toggle the display of this window by selecting Window / Display Settings. See "Model Info > Section Planes" on page 267. Wireframe (hotkey: F5): Display Settings There are several places in the user interface that control aspects of how the model is displayed. you could select or Push/Pull a face. but lines behind faces are hidden. • The Model Info window has a Display page that contains many of the same items as the Display Settings window. There are also hotkeys for these functions. In other words. Colors: Opens the Colors page of the Model Info. or you can set up a hotkey (see "Preferences > Shortcuts" on page 272). though they are not colored.

Enter the profile thickness in the box to the right. the material will be represented by a single color. but with color applied to the faces. If any materials were applied to faces. Enter the extension distance in the box to the right. This is a good way to see the interior of a model. 262 . which are set in the Colors page of the Model Info. Edge Style: Display shaded using textures (hotkey: F8): • Profiles: Draws lines that are in profile (outside edges) with a thicker line weight.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Shaded (hotkey: F7): Display in X-Ray Mode (hotkey: F9): Same as hidden line. The front and back of a face can have different colors. Displays any material that has been applied to faces. All faces become transparent. similar to a hand-sketched drawing. • Extension: Extends each edge slightly past its endpoints.

or blue). For this to work. thereby requiring heavier calculations and possibly a slower render. If this option is not checked. This is only relevant in shaded views. material has to be applied to both faces and edges. • By Material: Edges are colored according to the applied material. Edge Color: • All Same: All edges have the color assigned on the Color page of the Model Info window. In this case. Faces: • Use sun for shading: Uses the current shadow settings to shade the faces. 263 . the display order of transparent materials is accurate. Use Nicer if you want to maintain sorting accuracy. transparent materials will be displayed as opaque. which is above Face 3. green. However. but with less sorting accuracy.Program Settings • Jitter: Applies a hand-sketched look to edges. Face 1 is above Face 2. • Enable Transparency: Enables you to see through materials defined as transparent. Applying only to faces will not affect edges. • Quality: Choose Faster for a render that is quick. • None: Edges are not shown. In this example. The faces look the same as when shadows are enabled. the material for Face 3 appears to “jump” in front of Face 2. but shadows are not actually created. • By Axis: Edges have the color of the axes to which they are parallel (red. Edges that are not parallel to any axis take on the assigned edge color on the Color page of the Model Info window.

The way a face is oriented generally depends on how it was created. (Edge Display be found on the Display page of Model Info. Mac: Check Background for a solid color. (If you want to set up global properties for SketchUp itself. Background: The background color of the SketchUp window. created by the Measure and Protractor tools. This is also referred to as axonometric projection. and reflects what is usually presented in construction drawings. representing how the human eye actually views 3D objects. 264 . or group when selected. or by using the hotkey Alt+P. Face Back: Faces have different colors on the front and back. but you can always switch front and back by right-clicking and selecting Reverse Faces. or Gradient if you want a graded effect from one color to another. or on the Display Settings window.) • Face Front. the model appears to shrink in the distance. unless a material is assigned to that face as well. • Highlight: The color of a face. You can switch between these modes by toggling Camera / Perspective. it paints the selected side. in which parallel lines remain parallel on the screen. • Construction lines: The color of construction geometry. Geometry: • Edges: The color set here will be the color of edges when All Same is set under Edge Display. select Window / Model Info or click the Model Info icon. which is the default. These colors apply to faces that have the default (none) material.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Perspective Mode In Perspective mode (Camera / Perspective. hotkey: Alt + P). Model Info > Colors The opposite is Paraline mode. edge. you might want to set up a hotkey for it . Once a material is assigned. see "Preferences" on page 270) TIP: If you access this window often. Use a color that will contrast well with the Face Front and Face Back colors. Model Info To set properties of your model. Choose Solid if you want a single color.see "Preferences > Shortcuts" on page 272. The reverse side will remain the same color.

and font size of dimension text. Use the Ground Transparency slider to make the gradient ground effect transparent to various degrees.Program Settings • Sky. allowing you to see geometry below the ground plane. Ground: Enables you to use sky and ground backgrounds. For text color. or a “DIA” in front of circle dimensions. If you are using software-based OpenGL rendering. and to set their colors. Show Radius/Diam. these options control the display of similar components and all other objects. Use the Fade slider if you still want to see these elements displayed faintly. • Show ground from below: Makes the ground visible when looking up from below the ground (worm’s eye view). leaving only the edited component on the screen. Ground is visible below the horizon. Text: Click Choose Font to set the font. 265 . Model Info > Components Model Info > Dimensions Fade similar components. Fade rest of model: When editing a component (or group). You NOTE: All dimensioning options are detailed in the exercise "Dimensions" on page 66. Sky is visible above the horizon. don’t use this option. can check Hide to blank them completely. click the color box to set the font color. font style. Prefix: Displays an “R” in front of arc dimensions.

file size. Above. or dimension text that has been edited. the version of SketchUp in which it was created.see "Display Settings" on page 261. Alignment: If the file is saved to be used later as a component. regardless of the face’s actual material or color. this is where you can set its component properties.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Leader Lines: Choose from 5 types of arrows. The slider controls the size of dimensions that will be hidden. or Outside the dimension line. • Hide when too small: Hides dimensions that become hard to read when you zoom out. The slider sets the tolerance angle at which dimensions are hidden. and description. With this settings. • Hide when foreshortened: Hides dimensions that are oblique to the viewing plane. Dimension • Horizontal to Screen: Dimension text is always horizontal. Model Info > Display • Align to Dimension Line: Dimension text is aligned to the plane of the dimension itself. Face Display: The only option here not available elsewhere is Monochrome. • Highlight non-associated dimensions: Highlights dimension whose geometry has changed. faces are assigned the Face Front or Face Back color. select whether the dimension text appears Centered. Troubleshooting General: Information about the file itself: where it is saved. 266 . Model Info > File For aligned dimensions. Almost all of these options are also available on the Display Settings window . Click the color box to select the highlight color.

but you can add a custom location. To set it this way. Colors: • Section Cut Line: The default color for section slices. To show the north angle on the screen. 267 . longitude. • Active Section Plane: The color for active section planes. signs. Model Info > Section Planes Model Info > Location Lines: Enter the width of cut lines. A vast number of locations around the globe is provided. see "Model Info > Shadows" on page 268. • Cut opening: Should be checked if the component is a window or door (or something similar) that cuts through walls. first click the reference point and then any point in the north direction. or click Select to set the north direction on the screen. If you assign a material to a section plane. For other options relevant to shadows.Program Settings • Glue to: Sets the type of face to which the component will align. etc. A high width helps you better see the section plane. Solar Orientation: Enter the north angle manually. Geographic Location: Select the country and city in which your model is located. • Inactive Section Plane: The color for inactive section planes. trees. • Always face camera: Keeps a component facing you no matter the orientation of the camera. click Show in Model. This is handy for 2D components like people. and time zone. Click Custom location and enter the relevant information: latitude. that material color is used instead.

all objects within components will be included in the count. recomputing a plane equation for a face will correct the face. In other cases. If you check Show nested components. such as edges. In Windows. Purge unused: Removes any unused components. You can obtain these numbers for the entire model or only components. • a face has a pointer to the loops that bound it. • From Edges: Casts shadows from stand-alone edges (lines drawn in space that are not connected to any faces). This may have severely impact performance impact on slower computers. 268 . you can also use the the Shadows toolbar (View / Toolbars / Shadows). Shadow: • Display Shadows: Toggles the display of shadows. The scan checks that: • faces are bounded by a loops of at least 3 edges. there is nothing that can reasonably be done to fix the problem. This is equivalent to clicking the Toggle Shadows icon. image objects. The place you pick on the Location page of Model Info controls how the shadows are created. • all edges that are used by a face are in the same component that the face is in. and a loop has a pointer back to the face that it bounds. SketchUp tries to recompute the plane equation and then check to see if the vertices are on the re-computed plane. Check Validity: Causes SketchUp to scan your model. If you wish to use SketchUp interactively with shadows enabled. report any invalid geometry.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Model Info > Shadows Model Info > Statistics NOTE: These options also appear when you select Window / Shadow Settings. or groups. and the Dark slider for ambient lighting. or using hotkey: Alt + S. a face that does not have edges bounding it will be deleted. you should be using a 100% OpenGL compatible graphics card. and attempt to fix any problems. materials.) • On Ground: Casts shadows onto the ground plane. faces. and other extraneous information from your file. (Results will depend on your OpenGL driver. • On Faces: Casts shadows on faces. On this page you can count the numbers of certain types of objects in your model. or those using software rendering. • a face does not have zero area • an edge does not have 2 ends at the same point. In some cases. • a face adheres to a plane equation. Light: Controls the tonal balance of the lighting in the SketchUp display. For example. Check Validity can fix things. For example. Time: Sets the date and time for shadow creation. Adjust the Light slider for diffuse lighting. layers. If not all vertices lie on the same plane.

Length Units: Controls how lengths are measured and displayed. and will disappear when any part of the leader is hidden. • Transition Time: The seconds for each transition. click this to apply new settings to those objects. Architectural: 3’-2 15/16”. • Page Delay: The amount of time each page will be visible (not including transition time). • Format: Controls units and type of measurement that appears in the Value Control Box. 269 . and affect the dimensions and text labels you create. Update Selected Text: If you have text objects selected. and is always visible as you orbit your model.Program Settings Model Info > Text Model Info > Tourguide NOTE: All text options are detailed in the exercise "Text" on page 62. click the color box. • Enable page Transitions: Smoothly and dynamically transitions between adjacent pages. A Pushpin leader maintains 3D orientation. and font style for the text. Leader Lines • End Point: Choose from 4 different types of end points. Model Info > Units • Leader: A View-Based leader maintains its 2D orientation. Text: Click Choose Fonts to select the font. The units you set are used in the Value Control Box. These options are relevant for creating animations of saved pages. For text color. font size. the pages will switch immediately. Select All Text: Selects all text objects. If not checked.

the unit will not be displayed after the dimension number. 30.dat file. Click Style: Controls how you draw lines with the Line tool.5320’ Only Imperial units (feet) are used. 3. When creating dimensions.5”. This places your preferences.) In Windows.) • Enable length snapping: Enables you to snap to drawing increments set by the Snap Length (the box to the right). click Options if you want to specify which preferences are saved. • Click-drag-release: Draw lines by clicking on a point. 12’). or 45 degrees.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Decimal: 106.25’.SketchUp will figure it out by how you draw. • Precision: You can specify zero or one decimal place. and File Locations. • Enable angle snapping: Enables you to snap to increments defined by the Snap Angle (the box to the right). you don’t need more than 1/8” precision. 270 . • Force display of 0’: Relevant for Architectural units. Engineering: 32. 1042mm. Angle Units: Controls the measurements of angles. your preferences can then be imported later using Import. 5. Once exported. • Precision: Depending on the type of unit. Preferences > Drawing Preferences SketchUp Preferences are settings that apply to the application itself. When creating dimensions. and ending the line when the mouse button is released. Snap Length must be greater than Precision. You can use Imperial or Metric units. including keyboard shortcuts. (For settings that apply to the current model only. When saving. a zero will be displayed for inches. click the arrow at the top of the window and select Export. see "Model Info" on page 264. to save your preferences to a file that can be imported into SketchUp on another computer. etc. dragging the cursor. even when the value is an even foot value (12’-0” vs. in a *. • Auto detect: Both techniques will work . • Display units format: Relevant for Decimal units. You can use up to 1/64” and 6 decimal places. You can open this window by selecting Window / Preferences (Mac: SketchUp / Preferences). controls the degree of accuracy. You can choose whether to save Accelerators (keyboard shortcuts or hotkeys). • Click-move-click: Draw lines by clicking on each endpoint. This angle may be 1. 10. 15. (For architectural work.

If you use Auto Detect.nothing’s perfect!) crashes. recovery may be disruptive. select it and click Modify.e. Preferences > General Preferences > Files (Windows only) Create backup: A backup file will be created each time you save your drawing. This way you can draw single or multiple lines at will. Additional Mac options: This page displays the default paths in which certain types of SketchUp files are stored. green. If your computer (or SketchUp . and blue axes with the cursor when drawing. every 10 minutes). lines are continuous when using ClickMove-Click. Save current window size: Saves the size of the current window as the default size for SketchUp. Use large tool buttons: Great when working with high screen resolution. this enlarges all the SketchUp icons. you may be prompted to open the recovery file instead of the original file. If disabled. but will also add a lot of lines to the screen. Auto-activate paint tool (Mac only): Causes SketchUp to automatically activate the Paint tool after you select a color swatch. This can help orient you in 3D space. To change a path. 271 . Display Crosshairs: Displays the red. For large files. but not with Click-Drag-Release.Program Settings • Continue line drawing: Automatically starts a new line at the endpoint of the previous line. The backup is located in the same folder as the drawing. Cascade main windows: New drawing windows will appear cascaded below the previous drawing windows. new windows will appear directly on top of previous windows. Auto save: Saves your drawing to a temporary file at a specified time interval (i. or if you are working on a slow computer or a laptop. Otherwise you are free to draw from any point.skb. and has the extension *.

Correct Reversed Picking Driver Bug (Mac: Use face highlight workaround): Some drivers exhibit a strange bug that makes SketchUp select the reverse of faces with the Select tool. select the command and place the cursor in the Add Accelerator field.) and click Add. Numbers cannot be used.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Preferences > OpenGL Capabilities (Windows only): Certain OpenGL modes do not fully support shadows cast on faces. If a shortcut has already been defined for a command. Details: Displays important information about your video card. it dramatically increases your chances of SketchUp working correctly.wikipedia. Entity Info. and the current rendering mode that SketchUp is using. otherwise known as accelerator keys or hotkeys. This information can be very helpful when diagnosing technical problems. since they could be confused with data entered in the Value Control Box. OpenGL driver.e. you can control this in the Windows Control Panel / Display / Advanced / Performance. hardware acceleration may only be available at certain resolutions and color depths. Also. Use Fast Feedback: For large models or complex renders due to shadows and materials. Do not change this setting unless you are experiencing this problem. All the SketchUp commands are listed in the Commands menu. this setting can speed up your drawing. For more information on Carmack's Reverse. it will appear in the Accelerators window. Please be careful when changing this setting. visit http://en. Use Hardware Acceleration: Enables SketchUp to use the 3D hardware acceleration features of your system. Fast Feedback will automatically engage only when rendering is slow. there is no way of knowing in advance whether the mode you choose will work properly. To add your own shortcut. and Display Settings. Use Carmack's Reverse for shadows: Carmack's Reverse is a algorithm for stencil shadow volumes that solves the problem of when the viewer's "eye" enters the shadow volume. 272 . to enable you to reach commands faster than with the mouse or menu. resolution and color depth settings. TIP: You can also set up shortcuts to toggle the display of windows such as Model Info. You may see a flicker when drawing large elements. F2. Please be careful when changing this setting! The majority of drivers shipped today do not fully support the OpenGL specification. Depending on your card and driver. yet routinely advertise otherwise. etc. Then simply type the shortcut (i. Ctrl+B. Shift+Ctrl+P. all you have to do is enable the checkbox. if you are lucky enough to own a graphics card that truly supports OpenGL acceleration as advertised. SketchUp defaults to using software rendering (acceleration disabled) While this option may impact speed and quality. G. Survey: Guides you through a series of questions that allow @Last technical support to better identify certain problems. In Windows. Some modes may exhibit rendering artifacts in low precision modes.org/wiki/John_Carmack Preferences > Shortcuts You can set up keyboard shortcuts. This setting provides a work-around.

Select a toolbar to toggle its display on and off.Program Settings In Windows. location. suit your needs (units. To make a template. See the general explanation under "Preferences" on page 270. or any other file that has ever been used as a template. (This is a function of the OSX graphic interface called Aqua. In the Template page of the Preferences.). Assigned shortcuts are listed under Key. The templates that appear in the drop-down menu on this page are either those that are stored in your template folders (~/Library/Application Support/SketchUp/Templates). The shortcut will appear in the field at the bottom of the pane. simply drag them off the bottom of the bar and they will disappear. the Default button is used when there is more than one shortcut assigned to a command. Mac: Commands are listed under Function. Preferences > Templates You can set default settings and add your own base geometry to a file you want to use as a template. Mac users can customize what icons appear on toolbars by selecting View / Customize Toolbar.) 273 . click Browse to find this template file. drag them into the toolbar where you want them placed. etc. Select the command and simply type the letter(s) you want assigned to it. you can save your shortcuts by exporting all your preferences. Now every time you create a new SketchUp document it will be created as a copy of your template file. To add icons. In Windows. Toolbars Windows users can customize the icons that appear by selecting View / Toolbars. simply click on another command to implement the shortcut. Do not press Return. The default shortcut is the one that will appear in the menu. open a new SketchUp document. modify it to To remove icons. and save the file to a convenient directory.

by which you can control certain conversion settings. File / Export / 3D Model A SketchUp model can be exported into the following formats: *. The image file becomes embedded into your SketchUp document. but it also means that file size can increase dramatically.3ds (3D Studio) and *. Image objects have their own local (right-click) menu: • Entity Info: Displays a window containing information such as source file. or even convert the image to gray-scale. File / Export / Section Slice See "Exporting Section Slices" on page 209. and layer. SketchUp will export the DWG file accordingly. and to project it onto a non-flat surface. Click on the Options button of the Export window for a list of adjustable parameters for each format. or scale this rectangle. In most cases.tif. Therefore. You can insert images of the following formats: *. listed in the picture below. edges (wires). When exporting. if the SketchUp unit setting is Decimal/Meters. shadows. 274 .tga. Another way to limit file size is to use compressed file formats such as *. which enables you to send your SketchUp files to others without any information loss. The exported file may be set to contain faces. *. • Explode: Enables you to use the image as a texture.bmp. and AutoCAD must be set to Decimal in order for the units to translate correctly as meters. Please refer to SketchUp’s online help for descriptions of these options. visibility. The file is imported as an image object. File / Export / Animation See "Exporting Animation" on page 275. rotate. Chapter 7 contains numerous examples on using inserted images as materials. You can move. and *.wrl (VRML). You can also adjust resolution to control file size.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Export and Import (Insert) You can save (export) your model in multiple formats. click the Options button of the Export window. dimensions. • Shadows: Cast will cause the image to cast shadows on other objects. • Reload: If you change the image’s source file.dwg. and the link still appears in the Entity Info.png. You can press Shift while importing to change this. For instance. and import certain formats into SketchUp.jpg and *.png. File / Insert / Component You can insert a separate SketchUp file into the current drawing to be used as a component.jpg. File / Insert / Image You may want to import an image file so that you trace over a scan or photograph. *. image objects retain the aspect ratio of their original file.dxf. you can use Reload to update the image in SketchUp. To change these settings. the Import and Export windows have an Option button. SketchUp uses the current units as a reference for translation. *. File / Export / 2D Graphic You can export a SketchUp model into numerous graphic formats. *. and/or construction geometry. *. which is basically a rectangle with the image mapped on it. By default. but it must remain a rectangle. • Export: Enables you save the embedded image to a format you can edit in another graphics package. be very careful not to insert immensely large files. Receive enables the image to receive shadows cast by other objects.

and proprietary ADT objects. The image is also tiled to fit the face to which it was applied. Exporting Animation If you create pages of your model and save them as a slide show. 275 . tapered width polylines. While a typical *. entities with thickness. To create an animation file. but SketchUp must translate the contents into usable drawing elements. File / Insert / Image as Texture: Similar to Insert / Image. you may want to crop the imported file so as to import only necessary entities. primarily by manipulating frame size and frame rate. voice. unless you use Unglue. You can then use Pages to control visibility. or text. and nested blocks are supported. dimensions. You could also import different layers as different groups. Imported drawings come in with their layer system intact and all elements are grouped together. You can burn a DVD. Therefore. Therefore. and places the thumbnail in the In Model tab of the Material browser. read about animation and exporting animation in the SketchUp online help. Entities such as lines. but the image is applied directly to a face. and is automatically added to the In Model tab of the Material browser. The main disadvantage of animation export is the large resulting file size. For descriptions of import options. you can export the slide show as an animation file. you can use video editing applications to enhance your animation by adding music. • Use as Material: Creates a material from the image. circles. it helps to know how you can control video file size. These will be ignored on import. This enables you to share your designs with those who do not have SketchUp. please refer to SketchUp’s online help. hatching. so that you don’t even need a computer to view the animation. And.Program Settings • Unglue: If you attach an image to a face.dwg and *dxf extensions. TIP: Because importing a large file can be time-consuming. you may have to use Zoom Extents to see it. For large and complex models.skp file is small and easy to transmit via the web. XREFS. faces. text. regions. a movie file may play back more smoothly than the SketchUp slide show. and because a large file can slow SketchUp’s performance. polylines. Once a drawing is imported. 3D Faces. the image cannot be removed from that face. but at this time SketchUp does not support solids. importing may take some time for large CAD files. Select the file type from the drop-down menu. select File / Export / Animation. TIP: Before creating an animation file. arcs. File / Insert / DWG/DXF You can import AutoCAD files with *. the video from such a file could be prohibitively large. splines.

The result on a diagonal line is a stepped or jagged look. while anti-aliasing is highly desirable in a still image. Frame Rate: A setting between 8 and 10 frames per second is considered the minimum required for convincing movement. 24 fps for film. as well as adjust quality settings. Format (Mac): Specify the codec (compression plug-in) and adjust quality settings. NOTE: Certain applications have exact frame rate requirements. 640x480 is considered a “full screen” frame size. Values larger than 640x480 are not recommended unless specifically required.” A setting of 3 fps is a great way to quickly create draft quality test videos. Aspect Ratio: A 4:3 ratio is standard for television. etc. There are preset configurations designed for common cases. 320x240 is a good size for CD-ROM and for transfer to videotape. and usually requires robust compression. Width / Height: Frame size in pixels. 25 fps for television in Europe. For detailed information. making an infinite loop. the edge is composed of a single color while the background is a different single color. Anti-alias: The technique by which software softens the transition between the edge of an object and the background. Loop to Starting Page: Generates an additional video segment that transitions from the last page back to the first. between 12 and 15 is good for keeping file size down while providing smooth playback. plasma displays. including digital 276 . Without anti-aliasing. most computer screens. it takes a heavy processor to run a smooth animation that has been anti-aliased. click Options. a vertical or horizontal line could have a harsh edge. This creates a much more realistic image.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook To specify output parameters. Play When Finished: SketchUp will start your default video player and play the file immediately after it is created. and pre-1950 movies. Anti-aliasing samples the edge color and the background color and interposes a range of transitional colors between them so that the edge 'blends' into the background in such a way as to minimize the jagged effect.97 fps for television in the US and other countries. or you can select Custom to specify settings. and between 24 and 30 is considered “full speed. A 16:9 ratio is the standard for wide screen displays. televisions. Codec: Enables you to specify which codec (compression plug-in) to apply to your video. So. but requires more processing power. refer to the Codec List and Video Compression pages in SketchUp’s online help. Locking this aspect ratio maintains a fixed proportion of video at any frame size. such as 29. and so forth.

entering code directly in the console. Type these 4 lines. Each set of numbers is listed under a unique a name. open the Ruby Console within SketchUp by selecting Window / Ruby Console. under the SketchUp installation.0] to = [30. SketchUp’s Ruby Help page includes this example. World") 277 . but we’ll do it slightly differently here to show that you can use different variable names.entities. For instance. This section will include some of the information from the Help system.20. This involves first defining 2 sets of numbers . At the end of the chapter is some information on obtaining scripts created by other SketchUp users.that would take another book.0.html located in the Ruby\Docs folder.active_model model. Each line you enter appears in the console with verification text below it. from = [10. It also shows how to implement the scripts that are provided with SketchUp. We’ll start with the first option . You can type in lines of code here. type this line at the bottom of the console (you can use whatever text you want between the quotation marks.one that draws a line between 2 specific points.): UI. “end” is actually a command in Ruby. and will thrill the scripting gurus out there. (Errors will appear here if you make a mistake. Besides.) Entering Code on the Ruby Console First.to) You can use names (variables) other than “from” and “to. Be aware that Ruby is also case-sensitive. and a window with your text appears on the screen. with some embellishment. Not all terms and characters can be used.one for each point. also called a variable. To create a SketchUp message window with some text in it. This chapter will not cover how to program in the Ruby language . pressing Enter after each one.” as long as you keep them consistent in the 4th line. SketchUp Ruby Basics Within SketchUp. and to create some very basic scripts and routines (methods). select Help / Ruby Help for some basic information.add_line(from. Now for a slightly more useful script . or use the console to run scripts saved within text files. and how to make basic changes. information on creating code is available elsewhere. This chapter will explain how use the Ruby console.. so you can’t use it as a variable. You can also open the file index.messagebox("Hello. Press Enter.13 Ruby Scripting Ruby scripting is a new feature in Version 4.0] model = Sketchup.

your script is OK. fromz. toy. tox. referred to in SketchUp as a method. model = Sketchup.add_line(from. the line is created. the Ruby console will open and show you an error message to let you know. "From Z". This creates the line as before. toz] 8.to) This creates a second line.add_line(from. If there are errors in the script. toy. values. from the defined “from” point to the defined “to” point. "To Z"] 3.entities. The “line_from_to. The first line assigns the name “line_from_to” to the method. To run the script.rb” and save it in the Plugins folder. then take the input values to run the same line creation tool.0] model = Sketchup. "To X". If the console doesn’t open. 0.active_model model. Creating a Script that Requires User Input Creating a Script Every time you want to create a line between 2 points.inch.” It will be placed in the SketchUp\Plugins folder. "Start and End Points" 5. starting from the original “from” point to the new “to” point. (Do not include these numbers in your actual script!) 1. What if you want to create a line between 2 points with different coordinates each time? We can change the script to include prompts. to = [100. The variables can be changed by entering new values. to) end 10.inch.inch. (You could also add these 6 lines to an existing script file in the Plugins folder.” After you enter the last line of code. This is a script . prompts = ["From X".inch. toz = results 6. fromy. def line_from_to from = [0. 10.0] model. Here is the new script. Change “to” and recreate the line by entering these 2 lines: Name this script file something like “line_from_to. "From Y".20. fromx. 0.20. and the last line tells SketchUp to end the method. results = inputbox prompts. This time we will save these lines to a text file. Create a text file with the 6 lines below.inch.active_model 278 . in which each line is numbered for reference. The script is a text file with the extension “rb. 0. since scripts in this folder are loaded automatically when SketchUp is launched. to = [tox.entities.rb” script will now include some extra lines. from = [fromx.) Now close and restart SketchUp. you will not want to bother typing in these 4 lines. fromz] 7. 0] to = [30.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook The last line of code is what actually creates the line from “from” to “to. fromy. and then run it from within SketchUp.inch] 4. values = [0.a file external to SketchUp that can be called when needed. def line_from_to 2. open the Ruby console and type the name of the method: line_from_to. 0. This creates a routine. "To Y".

Line 4: Now close and restart SketchUp once again and run “line_from_to. 9.” You now get a prompt window asking for two sets of coordinates.inch] Defines initial. assigns a name to the method.inch.inch.” based on the input variables. end Here are the explanations of the new lines of code: Line 1: from = [fromx. because the inputbox method tries to return the same kind of object that you give it. Line 5: fromx. values. TIP: If you want to add text in your script that will not be read as code. "From Y". 0. 0. to) end Same as before . which have default values. Lines 6 and 7: to) 10. fromz] to = [tox.creates the line from the “from” point to the “to” point.Ruby Scripting 9. This means that if your units are set to metric. Line 2: model = Sketchup. toy. This is helpful when you want to add text to explain what the lines of code are for. toy.inch.inch. tox. 279 . simply place a # symbol at the start of the line.inch. 0. and 10: def line_from_to Same as before. "Start and End Points" Creates the prompt window that will ask the user to define the 6 values. fromy. "To Y". "To Z"] Defines the names of the 6 values the user will be prompted for.add_line(from.entities.add_line(from. the script will parse the entered values in the correct units. model. toz] Defines start point “from” and end point “to. "From Z". then it will parse your entries as lengths. in order of input.active_model model. Line 3: values = [0. like 10' 6" or 100cm . You can also enter values in other units. 0. toz = results Assigns variable names to the 6 input values. It’s a good idea to include units. If the default values are lengths. fromz. default values. prompts = ["From X". "To X". results = inputbox prompts. Lines 8.entities. fromy. 10.

you probably don’t want to run it each time via the Ruby console.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Change the values as needed. if( not file_loaded?("linefromto.menu("Draw"). that runs the line_from_to script.add_item("Line between two points") { line_from_to } Adds an item to the Draw menu called Line between two points. and line spaces added. and click OK to create your custom line. Line 12: UI. .add_item("Line between two points") { line_from_to } 13 end Explanations: Line 11: Lines can be indented. In the script file. with no effect to the code itself. 280 . Here is how you can add the tool to one of the SketchUp menus for easy access.menu("Draw"). add these 3 lines at the end (after the last “end” line): 11. Line 13: end .rb") ) 12 UI. . with no comment lines: file_loaded?("linefromto.rb") ) Checks to see that the file is already loaded so that it is only added to the menu once. Close and restart once again. . if( not Here’s how the entire script file should look. . and now the tool appears in the Draw menu: If this is a tool you will use often.

values.) You need to provide a center point. Explanations of each line follow: Next. center = [0. create a UI box that asks for all the needed values. completing a face within the circle. def vertical_cylinder 2. this time consult the Ruby Class Index. prompts = ["Radius". The input box of this script doesn’t ask for the number of segments.Ruby Scripting Using the Help Files to Create Code As an example of another very simple script. Here is the complete script.” Click Entities. We need to consult the Help file for the syntax of the “add_circle” command. normal vector. This involves 3 steps: Creating a circle in the red-green plane. so the default value of 24 will be used. To get the syntax for a vector. like in the “line_from_to” script. Scroll to the “adds” and locate “add_circle. radius.feet] 4. "Height"] 3. 2. 281 . and. 0. height = results 6. 0] (Line 6 sets the center of the base at the origin. we will create a vertical cylinder.” Remember. we will draw the circle.inch. "Cylinder settings" 5. optionally. This method will be called “vertical_cylinder. do not include the line numbers below in your actual script. and Push/Pull’ing it up. radius. results = inputbox prompts. Open Help / Ruby Help and click the link for SketchUp Ruby Method Index. the number of circle segments. values = [10. The provided Help files can tell you what the syntax should be for each command. Here is the syntax you need to provide in the code: First. 1.

normal. model = Sketchup. Line 10: If you run the “vertical_cylinder” script now.add_circle(center. There are 3 ways you can create a new vector.” 12. 1) Creates a vector along to the Z axis . add the following line before the pushpull line (before Line 12): height = -height if baseface. baseedges = 11. and radius. vec. Look up “add_face”. entities = model.add_circle(center.entities These two lines initialize what’s included in “model” and “entities. With the second option you can define an array of edges. 1) 8.. Creates the circle for the cylinder base based on the center point. vec. Y plane.entities 10.active_model entities = model.new(0.” The face is the one just created. 0.pushpull height 13. normal vector. If you want it upward.active_model 9. it will work but the cylinder will be created downward.” vec = Geom::Vector3d. vec = Geom::Vector3d. Continue the code: 7.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Click Vector 3D. 0. baseface = entities.normal to the X-Y plane. radius) Explanations: Line 7: Now look up “pushpull.dot(vec) < 0 baseedges = entities. We will use the second one. baseface. which is what “basecircle” is.”.” Now we will create a face within the base circle edges. because we know the coordinates of the vector parallel to the X. Lines 8 and 9: The “distance” value is what the user entered as “height. entities. radius) 282 . end model = Sketchup. The 24 edges created by this command are grouped under the name “baseedges.add_face baseedges Creates a face called “baseface” from the “baseedges” edges.new(0. called “baseface.

rb’ (exact syntax is important!).rb’ (substituting sub-folder or script names as needed). you need to type in some code to load them. 283 . and run the script in the Ruby console: In the Examples folder. Some of these are placed in the Plugins folder of the SketchUp installation. The syntax for this is: require ‘examples/box. Scripts can be loaded via the Ruby Console (Window / Ruby Console). or leave the defaults: And get your vertical cylinder. you should have these 6 scripts: Type in the values.Ruby Scripting Make sure the script file is in the Plugins folder. Press Enter. All scripts in the Plugins folder are automatically loaded. To verify this. There should be 3 scripts in this folder. plus a sub-folder named Examples. Provided Scripts SketchUp comes with several scripts already provided. Scripts in sub-folders (like Examples) are not automatically loaded. type in the following: load ‘utilities. and “true” appears in the window. This indicates the script is already loaded and can be run at any time.

rb file in a text editor. and save the file. The update only takes effect after you close and restart SketchUp. Now Box appears under Tools. so that you don’t have to type in the script name each time in the Ruby console. 284 . If you want to load box.” Now check the Tools menu . As an example. you get another “true. Some scripts are coded to run directly from the SketchUp menu.the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Because there is a box. but it makes sense to place a box tool in the Tools menu. and find the following line. Scroll to the bottom. and it is successfully loaded. Or you can use the “require” syntax again. So change Create to Tools. simply move the script into Plugins.the Box function is not there yet. There is no Create menu.rb script in the Examples folder.rb automatically. open the box.

Ruby Scripting

Run this function - it enables you to create a box with specified lengths on all 3 sides.

animation.rb
This script creates two new functions, one for spinning the model and one to stop spinning it. The last section of the script is the code that assigns command names and places them in menus. By default, the Spin View and Stop Spinning commands are placed in the Camera menu.

Some users prefer to keep all scripts under Plugins, so that they do not need to be loaded each time.

You can manipulate this code if you want the rotation to stop after one 360-degree rotation. Locate this group of lines in the code:

You may also want to keep all scripts in the same SketchUp menu. You can use the name Plugins or Ruby or Macros. This way, you’ll know what’s included with SketchUp, and what’s extra.

Uncomment the line “frame < 360” by removing the # symbol. Erase or comment-out the next “true” line.

What’s Included
This section describes the scripts that are included with SketchUp. You can open a script in any word processing program. Any line that starts with the # symbol is not read as code - it provides explanatory information for the user. If you are looking for a way to learn how to use Ruby in SketchUp, it’s a good idea to look through these files. The scripts contain numerous comment lines to explain the code lines. You can test your understanding by changing some things around, and you can also use these files as a base for new script files. Save the file, restart SketchUp, and run Animation / Spin View again. Now the model only goes around once.

285

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

attributes.rb
This script contains 3 commands that you can use to calculate area costs based on materials and selected faces. The commands are placed, by default, in the Plugins menu under Cost.

To assign a unit cost to specific faces, regardless of material, first select the face(s). Then run Assign Estimate to Faces. In this case, only the 6’ x 10’ face was selected.

As an example, the following model uses 2 materials and has one rectangular face with no assigned material.

To get the entire cost, run Compute Estimate.

Run Assign Estimate to Material to assign a unit cost to any material in the In Model tab of the Material browser.

Check the results: Top face: area = 200 cost = 200 x $1.20 = $240 Side faces: area = 2(200) + 2(400) - 60 = 1140 cost = 1140 x $2.70 = 3,078 area = 60 cost = 60 x $3.00 = $180

Inner face:

Total cost = $240 + $3,078 + $180 = $3,498 The bottom face has no material and was not assigned its own cost, and therefore is not included in the cost estimate. If you make changes to any of the faces, simply re-run Compute Estimate for the new cost.

286

Ruby Scripting

box.rb
As described above, this script creates a box with specific dimensions. By default, Box is located in the Tools menu.

examples.rb
This file contains explanations of what can be found in some of the other script files, as well as a few short examples of additional scripts: setLayer(layerName): First, select objects you want to move to another layer. Then use the syntax setLayer "layername". If the layer you type does not exist, it will be created. totalArea: Calculates the total area of all faces in the model. perimeter: Calculates the perimeter of all selected faces. Edges that are common to more than one face are only counted once.

If you investigate the lines of the code for this script, you will see that it basically creates a rectangle using two 2 of the dimensions, then uses Push/Pull to extrude the rectangle to the third dimension.

linetool.rb
This file contains a class called linetool. To implement it, you can type “linetool” in the Ruby console. With this class active, SketchUp works as if the Line tool is active, but you create construction lines instead of edges.

contextmenu.rb
This script enables you to add a construction point at the center of an arc or circle. First, it checks whether the right-clicked object is in fact a single arc. If it is, the item Point at Center is added to the context menu.

selection.rb
This file contains several scripts that enable you to manipulate selection sets. Type any of these script names into the Ruby console to run them. invert_selection: First select some entities, then run this script. The selection set is inverted - all unselected entities become selected, and vice-versa. hide_rest: Hides everything that is not selected. This is very handy if you want to display only a few selected objects in a large model. do_select: This script can be typed with expressions that enable you to select objects with certain characteristics. You can select by layer, by type, etc., and combine variables to get even more specific.

do_select {|e| e.layer.name == "Joe"}
Selects all objects on layer Joe.

do_select {|e| e.layer.name == "Joe" || e.layer.name == "Bob"}
Selects all objects either on layer Joe or Bob.

do_select {|e| (e.layer.name =~ /W.*/) == 0}
Select objects on layers that start with the letter W.

287

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

do_select {|e| e.kinf_of?(Sketchup::Edge)}
Selects all edges.

utilities.rb
This file contains several scripts, 3 of which are placed by default in the Tools / Utilities menu.

do_select {|e| e.kind_of(Sketchup::Edge) && e.layer.name == "Joe"}
Selects all edges on layer Joe. select_by_layer: Brings up a window that lists all the layers used in the model. Select the layer, click OK, and all objects on that layer are selected.

select_by_material: Brings up a window that lists all the materials used in the model. Select the material, click OK, and all objects on that layer are selected.

create_face_from_selection: First select all edges that surround the face you want to create. Then run the script, or select Tools / Utilities / Create Face. As long as the edges form a closed loop and are all on the same plane, the face will be created. This is handy, for example, when you want to close the top of a cylinder without redrawing one of the many circle segments.

sketchup.rb
This file contains some general scripts that are often used by other scripts.

288

Ruby Scripting

TrackMouseTool: Shows coordinates of points and screen positions, as well as lengths of selected edges and areas of selected faces. You can access this tool via Tools / Utilities / Query Tool. To use the tool, simply hover over a point, such as an endpoint, midpoint, or center point, to get its coordinates.

Where to Find More Ruby Scripts
The first place to check for more scripts is the SketchUp User Forum (www.sketchup.com/forum). Click the link to the Ruby Forum, where users have posted their scripts for public use. You’ll find scripts to create windows, spiral stairs, helixes, fog - the possibilities (and scripts) are endless. You don’t have to be a programmer, or even proficient at SketchUp, to download and use these. One user-created repository for scripts can be found at http://su.plugins.ro/. A general repository for SketchUp models, components, and materials is www.objectivenetworks.net. As of this writing, there is no category yet for sharing scripts, but keep an eye on this site for future updates. It’s also possible that @Last will be providing a Ruby library in the future, on their own website (www.sketchup.com). In the future there will probably be many places you can find scripts, but at the moment Ruby is a relatively new feature and only a few talented users have delved into it.

How to Download a Script from the Internet
If you’ve found a script on a website that you want to save, right-click on the link and select Save Target As.

You can also hover on a face to get the coordinate of the cursor, as well as the area of the face. For a curved face, the area is calculated for individual segments, not the entire face.

289

the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook

If you want the script to load automatically, save it to the Plugins folder. If you download from the SketchUp website, the saved file is always named “download.php.”

Now when you restart SketchUp, the scrip will be loaded. This example loaded “extend.rb,” a script that extends one or more lines to the nearest intersecting line. It works through the context menu: select the lines to extend, then right-click and select Extend to nearest.

In this case, simply change the filename, making sure it has the *.rb extension.

290

. .286 Associated dimensions .171 D Decimal units .268 Center of a circle . . .272 Carmack’s reverse .274 Axes . . . . .136 Delta distance . . .263 C Camera Position .37 Angles Measuring . . . . .190 Angle between normals . .8 Axis edge color . . .271 Current window size .24 Coplanar . .250 Cutting faces . .72.288 Create Group from Slice . .143 Cutting faces .178 Nested . . . .Index Numerics 2D components . . .272 Accelerator keys .17 Check Validity . . . .209 Crosshairs .272 Cost estimate .143 Aligning faces .270 Active Cut .263 Blue axis . .22 Tangent to edge . . . .251 Curved walls Windows . . .270 Codec . . . . .220 Color Wheel .274 3DS Export . .275 Animation script . . . .16 Click style . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 Using Follow Me . . . .287 Box selecting . .161 Browser Components . . .213 Add folder . .127 Brightness . . . . .50 Correct Reversed Picking Driver Bug .136 Defined components . .134 Components . . . . .266 Attributes script . . . . . . . . . . .28 Always face camera .42 B Background color . . .270 Auto Recovery .271 Cast shadows . .22 Chamfer . . .37 Animation .271 Blank edges . . . .148 Nested components . . . .236 Rotating . . . . . . . .55 Moving .28 Breaking . . . . . . .151 Cutting with Groups . .132 A Acceleration . . .55 Aligning . . . .271 Curved objects . .70. . . . . . .160 Colorize . .220 Color by layer . . .21 Arc dimensions . .68 Architectural units . . .264 Backup files .56 Using with dimensions . . . . .56 Resetting .243 Area of all faces . . . .190 2D Graphic export . . .155 Customizing Shortcut keys .71 Align View . . .20.269 Area measurements . .205 Aligning dimensions . . .96 Bounding Edges . .271 Auto Save .287 Continue line drawing . . . . .69 Diameter prefix . . . . . . .25 Breaking connections . .276 Color by Layer . . .75 with Scale tool . .286 Auto Detect .69 Finding center of Inferences Center . . . . . .264 Faces .276 Apse . . . .144 Add Section Plane . . . .272 Cascade . . . . . . .41 Exact dimensions . . . . . .272 Templates . . . .53 Axis colors .92 Compute estimate . . . . .265 291 . . .203 Align Axes . . . . . . . . .268 Circle . .20 Finding center of . . .159 Buttons . .8 Axis inference . . . . . . . .148 Materials of . . . . . . . .28 Box script .16 Changing .287 Assign estimate . . . .273 Cut Opening . . . . . . . .230 Diameter dimensions . .207 Active sections .227.272 Accelerators . .286 Connected Faces . . . .16 Dimensions . .264 Colors . . . . .127 Constraint See Inferences Construction lines . . . .270 Default components .264 Component Browser .59 Angle of vision . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Axonometric projection .271 AutoCAD file import . . .16 Center of arc . .285 Anti-alias . . .67 Aligning faces .271 Create face . . . . . . . .216 Angled .271 By axis .271 Convert to Polygon . . . . . . .56 Align to Dimension Line .286 Create Backup .223 Capabilities . .275 Autofold . . . . . .250 All Connected . . . .37 Contextmenu script .60 Copy . .56 Displaying . . .273 Toolbars .32. .247 Arc . .151 Settings .205. .3. .6 Boolean functions .274 3D Model export .134 Materials .

. . .72. .2. .28 Drag handles . . . .4 Parallel . . . .270 Drawing tools Arc . . . . . . . . . .287 Expert . . . . .274 DWG Import . .276 Freehand . .265 Groups . .16 Freehand .6 Domed apse . . . . . . . . .30 Estimate costs . . .57 Highlight non-associated dimensions . . . .175 Follow Me . .266 Display shadows . .94 Hidden leaders .216 F Face camera .66. . . .11 Locking . . . . . . . . . . .272 Healing faces . .127 Cutting with .266 Hide when too small . . . . .4 Golden section .275 Embedded image . . .261 Hide rest .66 Changing axes . .272 Faces Aligning .271 Customizing . . .73. .130 Rotating .274 Ground . .274 Exporting Animation . .11 Tangent at vertex . . .175 Moving . . . .6 Healing . . . . . . . . .227. . .71 Hotkeys .287 Irregular objects . .4 Hardware Acceleration . . .161 Hue .286 Exact dimensions .229 Settings .263 Endpoints .270 Enable Page Transitions . .8 Edge dimensions . .270 Foreshortened dimensions .89 GUI . . . .64 Editing groups . . . . . . .89 Force Display of 0" . . . . . . . .161 HSL . . .65 Hidden line .265 Fast Feedback . . . . . . .162 Import Insert . .266 Engineering units . . .5 Square .266 Display crosshairs .274 Importing DWG/DXF . . . .251 E Edge color by direction .3 Polygon . . .92 With groups . . . .264 Graphic export .264 Face highlight workaround . . . . . .129 Materials of . .7 Hemisphere .275 DXF Export . . . . . .269 Enable Transparency .5 Double-click . . . . . .274 Image export . . . . . . . .127 Dividing . . .130 Manipulating .229 Examples script .274 Sections . . . . .20. . . . . .229. .75 Exact . . . . . .263 Field of view .275 Image . . .130 Scaling . .24 With Shift key . .131 Using Follow Me .3. .276 Explode Curve .67 Edit text . . . .5 Midpoint . .190 Face color . .24 Line . . . . .2 File preferences .12 Eye height .136 Materials .96 Invert selection . . .163 Inaccurate dimensions . .216 Fog . . .262 Extrude .270 Equidistant . . .250 Connected . . . .274 Images for materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Focal length .85 With components . . . .73.268 Display units format . .5 From Point . . . .51 Draw notes and labels . . . .9 DWG Export . .21 Tangent to Edge . .272 HSB .265 Troubleshooting . . . . .136 Interior design . . . .62 Drawing preferences .273 Image Exporting from SketchUp .272 Faster . . .209 G Golden section .1 H Half circle . . .25 From Point inference . . . .22 Handles for dragging . . . .266 Format (units) . .5 Perpendicular .274 Importing . . . . . . .2 Extension (edges) . .269 Frame rate . . .4 On Axis . . . . . .68. .135. . . . .270 Distance Measuring .247 Double inferences . . .271 File settings . . .68. . . . . . . .132 Editing .206 Intersect with Model . .20 Circle .266 Hiding edges .16 Rectangle .274 DXF Import . .265 Transparency . .266 Horizontal on Screen .72 Include in slideshow . . . . . .23.274 In Model Components . .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Dimensions . . .16 Erase . . . . .275 Dynamic rotate . . .32 Dividing faces . . . . . . . . . .224 Inferences Double . .161 I Icons . .24 Export . . . . . .11 Gradient . . . . .21 Inserting components . . . . . . .7 Fade . . .130 Enable length snapping .271 Display settings . .51 292 . .266 Floor plans .287 Hide when foreshortened . . . . .

269 Tourguide . .272 Templates . . . .229. . . .2 Manual dimensions . . . . . . . .224 Page transitions . .263 Non-associated dimensions .287 Leader lines . . . . .262 Protractor .72 Profile objects .5 Pencil . . .243 Length snapping . . .264 Components . . . . . . .269 Page Properties .274 Recovery files . .159 Editing texture image . . . . .264 Reverse section . .272 Picture export . . . .62 Perpendicular inference . . . .6 Oval .138.270 Files . . . . . . .170 OpenGL preferences . . . .267 Shadows . .54 On Axis . .231. .143 Manipulating the view . . .232 Purge layers . . .17 Radius dimensions . . . .207.18. . . . .157 Mitering .263 K Keyboard shortcuts . .5 Perspective mode . .136 Preferences . . . . .264 Color . . .262 Materials Applying .4 Mirroring . .2 Movie files . . .56 Moving groups .169 Measure tool . . . . .268 Statistics .165. . .139. . .272 Revolved objects . . . . . . .269 Units . . . . . .270 Drawing . . . .243 Midpoint inference . . . . . . . .275 Moving axes . . .266 Reset axes . .220 Select by .62 Length Measuring . . .69 Parallel inference . .32. . .210 O Offset . .39 Exact dimensions .234 Vertical . . . . .161 Model Info . . . .273 Prefix for dimensions . . . . . . .175 Select by .15 Pushpin leader . . .288 M Make Component . . . . . .63. . . .51 North direction .272 Orbit .2. . . . .230 Linetool script . .251 Profiles (edges) . . .268 Text . .70.51 Reverse Faces . . .266 Non-uniform scaling .276 Luminance . .270 Predefined components .272 Shortcuts . .68 Radius prefix . . .264 Parallel dimensions . . .287 293 . .37 Length and area .272 L Labels and notes . . . .72 R Radius .230 Render settings . .234 with Ctrl key . . . . . . . . . . .9 Exact dimensions . . . . .130 Multiple active sections . .210 Move . . . .266 Location .265 Dimensions . .3 Dividing a face with . .227 Layer Manager . . . . . .267 Locking inferences . .4 Opacity .10 Relative distance .219 Layers . .27 Material display . . . .264 Phi .94 RGB .Index J Jitter lines . . . .205 Reversed Picking Driver Bug . . . .94 Latitude . . . . .3 Perimeter . . . . . . . . .218 Updating .269 Moulding miters .220 Purge unused . . .12 Exact dimensions .161 P Page delay . . . . . . . . . . .263 Query tool . . .269 Pages . . .72. . . . .51 Overriding dimensions . . .151 Nicer . . .216 Loop to starting page . .16 Position Camera . . . . .271 Rectangle . . .2. .269 Q Quality .70.270 Line . . . . . . .235 Move Camera .265 Raster image export .72 Marquee selection .56 Resize .268 Push/Pull . . . .223 Precision of units . . . . . . . . .274 Point at center . . . . .271 OpenGL .32 Measuring Angles . .6 Exact slope . . . . . . . . .62 Lathed objects . .287 Transparency .2 Paraline mode .178 Of groups . . . . . . .11 Picking Driver Bug . . .219 purging . .267 Section planes .5 Longitude . . . .221 Pan .227. . . .227 Look Around . . . . . .227 Notes and labels .213 My Textures . . .266 File . . .22 Polygon .265 Display . . . .162 Of components .266 Leaders . . . .37 Exact dimensions . . . .265 Problem dimensions . . . . .287 Location . . . .162 N Nested components .166 Importing images .3.163 Browser . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .73. . . . . . . .287 Semi circle . . . . .32 Templates . . .72 Toggle Section Cuts .271 Saving automatically . . .263 Spectrum . . .205 Interior design . .205 Section plane settings .265 Transparent materials . . . . . .2 Vision angle . .2 Zoom Extents .269 Viewing tools .51 Units .272 Use large tool buttons . . . .53 Exact values .51 3D exact values . . . . . . .3 U Unblank . . . .204 Toggle Section Plane Display . .155 Wireframe . .224 Tour Guide settings .269 Transparency .62. . . . . . . . . .265 Show nested . . . . . . . .58 Soften coplanar . .169 Triple-click . . .161 Save Backup File . .1 Utilities script .2. .288 Transitions . . . customizing . . . .269 Use Carmack’s Reverse .269 Trackmouse script . . .268 Stickiness of faces . .271 Toolbars. .272 294 . . . .3 Windows . . . . . . . . . .2.229.3 Zoom window . .58 Undo last camera change . .203 Align View .271 Scale .6 Video . .217 Unglue .262 Textures See Materials Tilda symbol . . .274 T Tangent arcs .48 Groups .273 Total area . . . . .70 Sunlight and Shadows .25 Select All Text . . . . .62 Settings . .58 Uniform scaling .262 Shadows . .226. . .285 Square . . . . .261 WRL Export . . . . . . . . . . . .262 Shaded with textures . . .1 Section plane Reverse . .268 Show Radius/Diam Prefix .225 Tourguide . . .273 Text .269 Texture display . . . .3 Shortcuts . . . . .269 Unsoften . . . . . .57 Snapping . .271 User Interface . .266 Smoothing edges . . . . . .265 Sketching . . . .27 Window size .208. .263 Ground . .272 Use face highlight workaround . . . . . . . . . . .94 S Saturation . . . .287 Tour guide . . . .148 in curved walls . .269 Select by layer . . . . . . .224 Slope of a line . .204 Toggle Shadows .138 Show nested components .270 Soften . . .270 Zoom . .271 Window zoom . . . .the SketchUp Version 4 Workbook Rotate .227 Suppress Units Display . . . .206 Simultaneous .11 Statistics . . . .70.274 X X-Ray .275 Unhide . . . . . . .262 Z Zero inch display . . . . . .288 V Validity .229. . .235 Scaling groups . .223 Shaded . . . . . . . . . .230 Small dimensions .127 Suffix for dimensions .60 Sorting . . . . .94 Spin view . . .268 Shortcut keys . . . . .11 Square inference .287 Select by material . . . . .61 Unused components .160 Sphere . .25. . . . . . .209 Select .266 Turn . . .213 Sections Exporting .287 Selection script . . . . .271 Save current window size .217 View-based leader . . . . .268 Vertical axis .24 Sky . .66 Survey . .28 Troubleshooting Dimensions . . .217 Undo View Change . .227 Tool buttons . .2 W Walk .221 Update selected text .272 Use Fast Feedback .272 Show ground from below . .22 Set Camera Position .130 Round objects . .143 Cutting faces . . .131 Screen .139 Update page .21 Tape Measure . . . .215 Window selection . . . . .265 Slideshow .275 View change . . .272 Use Hardware Acceleration . . . . . . .267 Section planes . . . . . . . . . .216 VRML Export . .245 Changing axes . .

net For information on more books by Bonnie Roskes.roskes@verizon. and suggestions are always welcome. Utah. P.About the Authors Bonnie Roskes. including the model. and California. For questions. is a structural engineer by education and training. Bob deWitt got his start working for 15 years doing freelance work in commercial art. and software demos for a large client list. www. and she has written books on the CAD/CAM application OneCNC. 18 years ago. online help systems. Several more are already in the works. and eagerly shares his enthusiasm for SketchUp through his participation in the preparation of this book. After this. In addition to this SketchUp book. he began teaching Fine Arts at Utah Valley State College in Orem. comments. and engineering applications. training guides. feedback. She has written user guides. specializing in CAD. as well as other applications. and has worked for several years in the software documentation arena. He long ago developed an abiding fascination for creating computerized imagery. CAE.docwalt. Inc. CAM. Comments. illustration and film animation in Arizona.f1help. contact Bonnie Roskes 202-243-1046 bonnie.biz/ccp51 Published by: Conceptual Product Development. reference manuals. Her BSE and MSE are from Johns Hopkins University. there is one for Versions 2 and 3.com 973-364-1120 . he pursued one of his first loves when. and information on updates. see www. He holds degrees from Brigham Young University in both Studio Art and Art History. tutorials. including several more on SketchUp and one for DataCAD. Utah.E. He also takes credit for the cover design.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful